Table of Contents



UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


(Mark One)

☒     ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBERDecember 31, 20172022

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

☐     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM              TO

Commission file number: 001-35479


MRC Global Inc.GLOBAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

Delaware

20-5956993

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1301 McKinney Street, Suite 2300

Houston, Texas

77010

Fulbright Tower

1301  McKinney Street, Suite 2300

Houston, Texas(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

77010(Zip Code)

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(Zip Code)

(877) 294-7574

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

Trading symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock

New York Stock ExchangeMRC

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” "smaller reporting company," and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filerAccelerated Filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 USC. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.    Yes  ☒    No   ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No   ☒

The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MRC”. The aggregate market value of voting common stock held by non-affiliates was $1.561 billion$833 million as of the close of trading as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2017.2022. There were 91,651,16883,653,998 shares of the registrant’s common stock (excluding 287,699(excluding 119,782 unvested restricted shares), par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding as of February 9, 2018.7, 2023.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement relating to the 20182023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 



 


 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

1

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

9

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

19 

20

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

19 

20

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

19 

21

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

20

21

 

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

21 

22

 

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

23

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

25

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

26

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

44 

41

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

45 

42

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

46 

43

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

46 

43

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

46 

43

 

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

47 

44

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

47 

44

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

48 

45

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

48 

45

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

48 

45

 

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

49 

46

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

50

 

 


 


 

PART I

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references to the “Company,” “MRC Global,” “MRC,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “registrant” refer to MRC Global Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

ITEM  1.BUSINESS

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

General

We are the largestleading global industrial distributor based on sales, of pipe, valves and fittings (“PVF”("PVF") and relatedother infrastructure products and services to thediversified gas utility, energy industry and holdindustrial end-markets. We provide innovative supply chain solutions, technical product expertise and a robust digital platform to customers globally through our leading position in our industry across each of our diversified end-markets including the upstream (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and natural gas), midstream (gathering and transmission of oil and natural gas, natural gas utilities and the storage and distribution of oil and natural gas) and downstream (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing and general industrials) sectors. following sectors:

gas utilities (storage and distribution of natural gas)
downstream, industrial and energy transition (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, general industrials and energy transition projects)
upstream production (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and gas)
midstream pipeline (gathering, processing and transmission of oil and gas)

We offer approximately 170,000over 250,000 SKUs, including an extensive array of PVF, oilfield supply, valve automation and modification, measurement, instrumentation and other general and specialty products from our global network of over 9,000 suppliers. ThroughWith over 100 years of experience, our U.S., Canadian and International segments, we2,800 employees serve our more than 16,000approximately 10,000 customers through approximately 300digital commerce applications and 212 service locations including regional distribution centers, branches,service centers, corporate offices and third party pipe yards, where we often deploy pipe near customer locations. We are diversified by geography, the industry sectors we serve and the products we sell.

Our customers use the PVF and oilfield suppliesother infrastructure products that we supply in mission critical process applications that require us to provide a high degree of product knowledge, technical expertise and comprehensive value addedvalue-added services to our customers. We seek to provide best-in-class service and a one-stop shop for our customers by satisfying the most complex, multi-site needs of many of the largest companies in the energy, sectorindustrial and gas utility sectors as their primary PVF supplier. We provide services such as product testing, manufacturer assessments, multiple daily deliveries, volume purchasing, inventory and zone store management and warehousing, technical support, training, just-in-time delivery, truck stocking, order consolidation, product tagging and system interfaces customized to customer and supplier specifications for tracking and replenishing inventory, engineering of control packages, and valve inspection and repair, which we believe result in deeply integrated customer relationships. We believe the critical role we play in our customers’ supply chain, together with our extensive product and services offering,service offerings, broad global presence, customer-linked scalable information systems and efficient distribution capabilities, serve to solidify our long-standing customer relationships and drive our growth. As a result, we have an average relationship of over 2530 years with our 25 largest customers.

In 2016, global customer spending fell by 27%, following a 21% decline in 2015. This brought spending to its lowest levels since 2009 and marked the first time in nearly 30 years that our customers’ global spending had been down in consecutive years.  However, our business rebounded in 2017 with sales growth of 20% and prominent exploration and production (“E&P”) spending surveys, which include many of our customers, forecast that spending will continue to increase in 2018 and 2019.  We have benefited historically from several growth trends within the energy industry, including high levels of customer expansion and maintenance expenditures. Long-term growth in spending has been driven by several factors, including demand growth for petroleum and petroleum derived products, underinvestment in global energy infrastructure, growth in shale and unconventional exploration and production (“E&P”) activity, and anticipated strength in the oil, natural gas, refined products and petrochemical sectors. In the longer term, we believe carbon based energy will continue to play a critical role in supporting economic growth, particularly in developing countries.  In the near term, however, customer spending will continue to be sensitive to global oil and natural gas prices and general economic conditions.  As such, we expect our business will continue to experience periods of volatility.

MRC Global Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on November 20, 2006. Our principal executive office is located at 1301 McKinney Street, Suite 2300, Houston, Texas 77010. Our telephone number is (877) 294-7574. Our website address is www.mrcglobal.com. Information contained on our website is expressly not incorporated by reference into this document.

1

Business Strategy

As an industriala distributor of PVF and relatedother infrastructure products to thediversified gas utility, energy industry,and industrial sectors, our strategy is focused on growth, margin enhancement and the development of long-term customer relationships within the markets we serve.relationships. Our strategic objectives are to increase our market share by executing global preferred supplier contracts with new and existing customers, growing organically by maintaining a focus on our managed and targeted growth accounts, enhancing our product and service offerings, extending our global platform to major PVF energy markets through acquisitions, investing in technology systems and branch infrastructure to achieve improved operational excellence and optimizingto:

increase our market share by executing preferred supplier contracts with new and existing customers, maintaining a focus on our managed and targeted growth accounts,
enhance our product and service offerings around our core PVF distribution offerings as well as complementary products,
extend our global platform to major gas utilities, energy and industrial companies that utilize PVF,
provide our products and services to companies engaged in the energy transition,
invest in technology systems and distribution warehouse infrastructure to achieve improved operational excellence,
continue our penetration of electronic interaction with our customers through e-commerce,
safely and sustainably increase our efficiency and lower our cost to serve to enhance our margins,
maintain superior customer service, and
optimize our working capital.

We believe that global preferred supplier agreements allow us to better serve our customers’ needs and provide customers with a global platform in which to procure their products. The agreements vary by customer; however, in most cases, we are the preferred supplier, and while there are no minimum purchase requirements, we generally have a larger proportion of the customer’s spending in our product categories.  In addition, through system integration,categories when we believe transactions withenter into these customers can be more streamlined.agreements. We strive to add scope to these arrangements in various ways including adding geographies,customer locations, product lines, inventory management and inventory logistics.

We conduct detailed account planning and educate potential customers on the offerings and logistics services we provide. In addition, through digital system integration with our customers and suppliers, we believe transactions with our customers can be more streamlined.

1


 

Our approach to expanding existing markets and accessing new markets is multifaceted. We seek to expandoptimize our geographic footprint, pursue strategic acquisitions and organic investments and cultivate relationships with our existing customer base. We work with our customers to develop innovative supply chain solutions that enable us to consistently deliver the high qualityhigh-quality products theythat our customers need when they need them. By being a consistent and reliable supplier, we are able to maintain and grow our market share with both new and existing customers.

We maintain a diverse universe of suppliers that allows us to strategically partner with the largest manufacturers of the products we distribute while simultaneously providing our customers access to alternative sources of supply and high-quality products across the entire spectrum of their product needs. We continually broaden our product offeringand service offerings and supplier base. Product expansion opportunities include alloy, chrome, stainless products, gaskets, seals, products that prevent the unwanted emission of greenhouse gases, such as methane, and other industrial supply products. We remain focused on higher margin products and value-added services such as valves, valve automation and modification, measurement and instrumentation, as well as, high alloy products.products that command higher margins.

We also target growth

Although we have not been active with acquisitions in recent years, our midsized customers and diversification of our upstream and midstream customer bases. We do this through detailed account planning and by educating potential customers on the offerings and logistics services we provide.

Our acquisition strategy is focused on those businesses that will broaden our international geographic footprint, in certain energy intensive regions, or those that expand our product offerings, particularly in valves, valve automation, instrumentation, stainless and alloy or within a particular sector, such as downstream. We also consider “bolt-on” acquisitions that supplement our existing offerings.  Capital and operating expense spending by the energy industry outside of North America is generally greater than spending in North America, particularlythat:

can increase scale, especially with respect to purchasing and breadth of supply for our customers,
result in efficiencies in providing our products and services that can reduce the cost to serve our customers,
add services or technology that complement our product offerings,
optimize our geographic footprint to serve energy, industrial or gas utility intensive regions that provide accretive profit opportunities,
expand our product and service offerings, adding breadth and depth to our existing product offerings, such as valves, complementing our existing product offerings such as related measurement and instrumentation products or products that control the unwanted discharge of greenhouse gases like methane, or
expand our product and service offerings to new end use sectors.

Generally, we grow through organic investment in the upstream and downstream sectors.  Much ofcurrent markets we serve, but we may pursue available acquisition opportunities or consider expanding into markets that spending is done by large integrated oil companieswe do not currently serve to whom we supply in North America.  Our strategy is aimed to capture more of the integrated oil companies international spending and bringfurther diversify our value added business proposition to their worldwide operations. We also believe that being able to serve our customers globally provides us an advantage in obtaining master service or framework agreements both internationally as well as in North America as international oil company customers, in particular, look for a “one-stop shop” provider for their PVF needs.revenue stream.

We invest in information technology (“IT”) systems and branchservice center infrastructure to achieve improved operational excellence.excellence and customer service. Our concept of operational excellence leverages standardized business processes to deliver top tier safety performance, a consistent customer experience and a lower overall cost to serve. We have implemented an ERP system in our International segment, reducing the number of systems from 14 to one.  We now have two operating systems globally to facilitate continued improvements in operational excellence.  Through the further development of our electronic catalog, MRCGOTM, we continue to enhance and add to the customer experience.  Our digital transformation strategy is a key component of operational excellence and is designed to add further differentiation to our product and service offeringofferings with an objective to maintain orand grow our business with new and existing customers. We continue to develop our digital commerce platform, MRCGO™. From this single portal, our customers have the ability to shop for material, track and expedite orders, research payment options, search for documents and receive support from MRC Global representatives. Through this platform we are able to enhance the customer experience through a broad array of customized digital services while simultaneously lowering our cost to serve by centralizing customer service resources, expanding customer self-service capabilities and routing a greater volume of our business through the regional distribution center (“RDC”) fulfillment model. Where practical and cost effective, we are delivering directly from our RDCs to the customer delivery location, supporting our efforts to consolidate inventory and increase working capital efficiency. Globally, over the last twelve months, 41% of our revenue was generated through digital channels. Additionally, over 47% of our customer orders were digital.

2

Operations

Our distribution network extends throughout the world with a presence in all major oil and natural gas providing regions in the U.S. and western Canada, as well as Europe, Asia, Australasia, and the Middle East. Many of these locations are also strategically located to service gas utilities and industrial customers. We service Africa, Central and South America and other regions on an export basis. Our business is segregated into fourthree geographical operating segments, oursegments: U.S. Eastern Region, Canada and Gulf Coast, U.S. Western Region, Canadian, and International operations.International. These segments represent our business of providing PVF and relatedother infrastructure products and services to the energy industry, across each of the upstream, midstream and downstream sectors. For reporting purposes, our U.S. operating segments are aggregated based on their economic similarities.sectors that we serve. Financial information regarding our reportable segments appears in “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Our U.S. reportable segment represented approximately 79% of our consolidated revenue in 2017. We maintain distribution operations throughout the country with concentrations in the most active oil and natural gas producing regions. Our network is comprised of 102 branch locations, 9 distribution centers, 13 valve and engineering centers and 32 third-party pipe yards.

Our Canadian segment represented approximately 8% of our consolidated revenue in 2017. Our distribution operations extend throughout the western part of Canada with concentrations in Alberta and western Saskatchewan. In Canada, we have 25 branch locations, one distribution center, one valve and engineering center and 8 third-party pipe yards.

Our International segment represented approximately 13% of our consolidated revenue in 2017. This segment includes 50 branch locations located throughout Europe, Asia, Australasia, the Middle East and Caspian with six distribution centers in the United Kingdom, Norway, Singapore, the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates and Australia. We also maintain 13 valve and engineering centers in Europe, Asia and Australia.

Safety.  In our business, safety is of paramount importance to us and to our customers. Injuries and loss of life can have a terrible impact on our employees, the employees of our customers and our and their respective suppliers, contractors and business invitees at the work site as well as any of their families.  In addition, unsafeUnsafe conditions can cause or contribute to injuries, deaths, property damage and pollution that, in turn, can create significant liabilities for which insurance may not always be sufficient. We are also subject to many safety regulatory standards such as those standards that the U.S. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (“OSHA”), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and the U.S. Department of Transportation or state or foreign agencies of a similar nature may impose and enforce upon us. Failure to meet those standards can result in fines, penalties or agency actions that can impose additional costs upon our business. For all of these reasons, we and our customers demand high safety standards and practices to prevent the occurrence of unsafe conditions and any resulting harm. Our operations, therefore, focus every day on the safety of our employees and those with whom we do business. Our safety programs are designed to focus on the highest likely safety risks in our business and to build a culture of safe practices and continuous safety improvement for our employees, our customers and others with whom we do business or otherwise come into contact.

2


 

Among other safety measures, we track our total recordable incident rate (“TRIR”) and our lost work daywork-day rate (“LWDR”), both per 200,000 hours worked. Our TRIR has fallen over the past three years from 1.14 in 2015 towas 0.78 in 2017.2022. This compares favorably to the 2021 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”) average of 5.03.4 for wholesalers of metal products. This was the lowest annual TRIR in our Company’s history.  Likewise, ourOur LWDR was 0.260.12 in 2017.2022. This also compares favorably to the BLS average of 1.91.6 for wholesalers of metal products. A 2016 survey that the National Association of Wholesaler Distributors conducted of 45 distribution companies with over $1 billion in revenue placed us in the top quartile of U.S. companies in safety performance for the surveyed distributors based on OSHA TRIR.  In addition, our recordable vehicle incident rate (“RVIR”) has also remained low at 0.65.

Products:  We distribute a complete line of PVF products, primarily used in gas utilities, energy and industrial infrastructure applications. The products we distribute are used in the construction, maintenance, repair and overhaul of equipment used in extreme operating conditions such as high pressure, high/low temperaturetemperatures and highly corrosive and abrasive environments. We are required to carry significant amounts of inventory to meet the rapid delivery, often same day, requirements of our customers. The breadth and depth of our product and service offerings and our extensive global presence allow us to provide high levels of service to our customers. Due to our broad inventory coverage, we are able to fulfill more orders more quickly,faster, including those with lower volume and specialty items, than we would be able to if we operated on a smaller scale or only at a local or regional level. Key product types are described below:

·

Valves, Automation, Modification, Measurement and Instrumentation. ProductOur product offering includes ball, butterfly, gate, globe, check, diaphragm, needle and plug valves, which are manufactured from cast steel, stainless/alloy steel, forged steel, carbon steel or cast and ductile iron. Valves are generally used in oilfieldenergy and industrial applications to control direction, velocity and pressure of fluids and gases within transmission networks. Other products include lined corrosion resistant piping systems, control valves, valve automation and top work components used for regulating flow and on/off service, measurement products and a wide range of steam and instrumentation products. In addition, we offer a full range of valve modification services to meet customer requirements including valve control extensions, welding, hydrotesting, painting, coating, x-raying and actuation assembly.

·

Carbon Steel Fittings and Flanges. Carbon steel fittings and flanges include carbon weld fittings, flanges and piping components used primarily to connect piping and valve systems for the transmission of various liquids and gases. TheseCustomers use these products are used across all the industries in which we operate.

·

Stainless Steel and Alloy Fittings, Flanges and Pipe. Stainless steel and alloy pipe and fittings include stainless, alloy and corrosion resistant pipe, tubing, fittings and flanges. These are used most often in the chemical, refining and power generation industries but are used across all of the sectors in which we operate. AlloyCustomers principally use alloy products are principally used in high-pressure, high-temperature and high-corrosion applications typically seen in process piping applications.

·

Gas Products. Natural gas distribution products include risers, meters, polyethylene pipe and fittings and various other components and industrial supplies used primarily in the distribution of natural gas to residential and commercial customers.

·

Line Pipe. CarbonCustomers typically use carbon line pipe is typically used in high-yield, high-stress and abrasive applications such as the gathering and transmission of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (“NGL”).

·

OtherGeneral Products. OtherGeneral includes oilfield supplies and other industrial products such as mill, tool and safety and electrical supplies. We offer a comprehensive range of oilfield and industrial supplies and completion equipment, including high density polyethylene pipe, fittings and rods. Additionally, we can supply a wide range of specialized production equipment including tanks and separators used in our upstream production sector.

3

Services: We provide many of our customers with a comprehensive array of services including multiple deliveries each day, zone store management, valvewhich we believe result in deeply integrated customer relationships, such as the following:

product testingtruck stocking
manufacturer assessmentsorder consolidation
multiple daily deliveriesproduct tagging and system interfaces customized to customer
volume purchasingsupplier specifications for tracking and replenishing inventory
inventory and zone store management and warehousingengineering of control packages
technical supportvalve inspection and repair
trainingproduct expediting, tracking and tracing
just-in-time deliverydocumentation services, including material test records, assembly drawings and data sheets
on-site commissioningpressure testing

Our self-service portal and system interfaces that link the customer tofacilitate digital transaction exchange between our customers’ and our proprietary informationIT systems. This allows us to interface with our customers’ IT systems with cross-referenced part numbers, customized pricing, customized business to business processes, streamlining the orderingorder to cash process making it easier and more efficient to purchase our products. Such services strengthen our position with customers as we become more integrated into their supply chain, and we are able to market a “total transaction value” solution rather than individual products.

We continue to invest in and expand our comprehensive informationIT systems. In 2017,North America, we completed the transition of ouroperate an enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, enhanced with differentiating distribution and service functionality. Our International business tois on a singleseparate ERP platform. These systems, which provide for customer and supplier electronicdigital integrations optimizing business to business processes, information sharingexchange and e-commerce applications, including our MRCGOTM electronic catalog,MRCGO™ platform, further strengthen our ability to provide high levels of service to our customers. Our highly specialized implementation group focuses on the integration of our information systems and implementation of improved business processes with those of a new customercustomers during the initiation phase. By maintaining a specialized team, we are able to utilize best practices to implement our technology systems and processes, thereby providing solutions to customers in a more organized, efficient and effective manner. This approach is valuable to large, multi-location customers who have demanding service requirements.

As major gas utilities, along with integrated and large independent energy companies have implemented efficiency initiatives to focus on their core business, many of these companies have begun outsourcing certain of their procurement and inventory management requirements. In response to these initiatives and to satisfy customer service requirements, we offer integrated supply services to customers who wish to outsource all or a part of the administrative burden associated with sourcing and managing PVF and other related products,products. In integrated supply relationships, we offer electronic catalog service through MRCGO™ and we also often have MRC Global employees on-site full-time at many customer locations. Our integrated supply group offers procurement-related services, physical warehousing services, product quality assurance and inventory ownership and analysis services.

3For years, in our valve engineering centers, we have designed and constructed assemblies that combine actuators with the valves we sell. In addition, we have a valve engineering and modification center in La Porte, Texas that provides services, primarily to our midstream pipeline customers. At this facility, we modify valves for customer requirements, weld segments of pipe to the intake/outtake openings of large pipeline valves, add extensions to the valve controls while installing actuators to the valve, hydrotest the valves, paint or coat the valves, x-ray the welds and deliver complete valve/actuation assemblies to our customers for field installations.

 


We provide customers with our ValidTorque™ service, whereby we utilize specialized test benches to provide customers with data on the operating characteristics of their valves and actuators. In addition, we have a FastTrack™ service that we provide customers, whereby we supply specified classes of actuated valves in short delivery windows.

 

Suppliers: We source the products we distribute from a global network of approximately 12,000over 9,000 suppliers in over 4050 countries. We have approximately 100 dedicated supply chain management employees that handle purchasing. Our suppliers benefit from access to our large, diversified customer base and by consolidating customer orders allowing for manufacturing efficiencies, weefficiencies. We benefit from stronger purchasing power and preferred vendor programs. Our purchasesPurchases from our 25 largest suppliers in 20172022 approximated 43% of our total purchases, with our single largest supplier constituting approximately 9%5%. We are the largest customer for many of our suppliers, and we source the majority of the products we distribute directly from the manufacturer. The remainder of the products we distribute are sourced from manufacturer representatives, trading companies and, in some instances, other distributors.

We believe our customers and suppliers recognize us as an industry leader in part due to the quality of products we supply and for the formal processes we use to evaluate vendor performance. This vendor assessment process is referred to as the MRC Global Supplier Registration Process, which involves employing individuals certified by the International Registry of Certificated Auditors, who specialize in conducting on-site assessments of our manufacturers and their processes as well as monitoring and evaluating the quality of goods produced. These assessments are aimed at product quality assurance, including all aspects of the manufacturing processes, steel, alloy and material quality, ethical sourcing, product safety and ethical labor practices. The result of this process is the MRC Global approved manufacturer’s listing (“AML”). Products from the manufacturers on this list are supplied across many of the industries we support. Given that many of our largest customers, especially those in our downstream, industrial and energy transition sector, maintain their own formal AML listing, we are recognized as an important source of information sharing with our key customers regarding the results of our on-site assessment. For this reason, together with our commitment to promote high quality products that bring the best overall value to our customers, we often become the preferred provider of AML products to these customers. Many of our customers regularly collaborate with us regarding specific manufacturer performance, our own experience with vendors’ products and the results of our on-site manufacturer assessments. The emphasis placedthat both our customers and suppliers place on the MRC Global AML by both our customers and suppliers helps secure our central and critical position in the global PVF supply chain.

We utilize a variety of freight carriers in addition to our corporate truck fleet to ensure timely and efficient delivery of our products. With respect to deliveries of products from us to our customers, or our outbound needs,freight, we utilize both our corporate fleet and third-party transportation providers. With respect to shipments of products from suppliers to us, or our inbound needs,freight, we principally use third-party carriers.

4

Sales and Marketing: We distribute our products to a wide variety of end-users, and we have operations in 22 countries and direct sales into over 100 countries around the world. We have approximately 1,500 operations personnel around the world.end-users. Our broad inventory offering and distribution network allows us to serve large global customers with consistent, high-quality service that is unrivaled in our industry. Local relationships, depth of inventory, responsive service and timely delivery are critical to the sales process in the PVF distribution industry. Our sales efforts are customer and product driven and provide a system that is more responsive to changing customer and product needs than a traditional, fully centralized structure.

Our sales model applies a two-pronged approach to address both regional and national markets. Regional sales teams are based in our core geographic regions and are complemented by a global accounts sales team organized by sector or product expertise and focused on large regional, national or global customers. These sales teams are then supported by groups with additional specific service or product expertise, including integrated supply, valves, valve automation and modification, engineering, procurement and construction projects, corrosion resistant products, pipe, measurement equipment and implementation. Our overall sales force is then internally divided into outside and inside sales forces.

Our over 450190 account managers and external sales representatives develop relationships with prospective and existing customers in an effort to better understand their needs and to increase the number of our products specified or approved by a given customer. Outside sales representatives may be branchservice center outside sales representatives, focusedwho focus on customer relationships in specific geographies, or technical outside sales representatives, who focus on specific products and provide detailed technical support to customers. Internationally, for valve sales, the majority of our sales force is comprised of qualified engineers who are able to meet complex customer requirements, select optimal solutions from a range of products to increase customers’ efficiency and lower total product lifecycle costs.

Our inside sales force of over 800700 customer service representatives is responsible for processing orders generated by new and existing customers as well as by our outside sales force. The customer service representatives develop order packages based on specific customer needs, interface with manufacturers to determine product availability, ensure on-time delivery and establish pricing of materials and services based on guidelines and predetermined metrics that management establishes.

Seasonality: Our business normally experiences mild seasonal effects in the U.S. as demand for the products we distribute is generally higher during the months of August, September and October. Demand for the products we distribute during the months of November and December and early in the year generally tends to be lower due to a lower level of activity near the end of the calendar year in the industry sectors we serve and due to winter weather disruptions. In addition, certain exploration and production (“E&P”) activities, primarily in Canada, typically experience a springtime reduction due to seasonal thaws and regulatory restrictions, limiting the ability of drilling rigs to operate effectively during these periods.

Customers: Our principal customers are companies active in the gas utilities, downstream, industrial and energy transition, upstream production and midstream and downstream sectors of the energy industry.pipeline sectors. Due to the demanding operating conditions in the energy industry,these sectors, high costs and safety risks associated with equipment failure, customers prefer highly reliable products and vendors with established qualifications, reputation and experience. As our PVF products

4


typically are mission critical and represent a fraction of the total cost of a given project, our customers often place a premium on service and high reliability given the high cost to them of maintenance or project delays. We strive to build long-term relationships with our customers by maintaining our reputation as a supplier of high-quality, reliable products and value-added services and solutions.

We have a diverselarge customer base of over 16,000approximately 10,000 customers. We are not dependent on any oneNo single customer or group of customers. A majorityrepresents more than 10% of our customers are offered terms of net 30 days (payment is due within 30 days of the date of the invoice). Customers generally have the right to return products we have sold, subject to certain conditions and limitations, although returns have historically been immaterial to our sales. For the year ended December 31, 2017, our 25 largest customers represented approximately 53%  of our total sales, with our single largest customer constituting approximately 7%.revenue. For many of our largest customers, we are often their sole or primary PVF provider by sector or geography, their largest or second largest supplier in aggregate or, in certain instances, the sole provider for their upstream, midstream and downstream procurement needs. We believe that many customers for which we are not the exclusive or comprehensive sole source PVF provider will continue to reduce their number of suppliers in an effort to reduce costs and administrative burdens and focus on their core operations. As such, we believe these customers will seek to select PVF distributors with the most extensive product offering and broadest geographic presence.service offerings and ability to supply customer needs in the geographies where our customers operate. Furthermore, we believe our business will benefit as companies in the energy industry continue to consolidate and the larger, resulting companies look to larger distributors such as ourselves as their sole or primary source PVF provider.

Backlog: We determine backlog by the amount of unshipped customer orders, either specific or general in nature, which the customer may revise or cancel in certain instances. The table below details our backlog by segment (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015*

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

U.S.

$

559 

 

$

472 

 

$

305  $539  $350  $193 

Canada

 

40 

 

 

36 

 

 

34  45  35  13 

International

 

233 

 

 

241 

 

 

161   158   135   134 

$

832 

 

$

749 

 

$

500  $742  $520  $340 

*Amount excludes U.S. OCTG backlog of $42 million for 2015.  We disposed of our U.S. OCTG product line in February 2016.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, approximately 14% and 28% of our ending backlog was associated with one customer in our U.S segment.  In addition, approximately 14% and 10% of our ending backlog for 2017 and 2016, respectively, was associated with one customer in our International segment. In each case, these are related to significant ongoing customer projects.  There can be no assurance that the backlog amounts will ultimately be realized as revenue or that we will earn a profit on the backlog of orders, but we expect that substantially all of the sales in our backlog will be realized within twelve12 months.

Competition: We are the largestleading global PVF distributor to the gas utility, energy industry based on sales.and industrial end markets. The broad PVF distribution industry is fragmented and includes large, nationally recognized distributors, major regional distributors and many smaller local distributors. The principal methods of competition include offering prompt local service, fulfillment capability, breadth of product and service offerings, price and total costs to the customer. Our competitors include, among others, large PVF distributors, such as DistributionNOW, Ferguson Enterprises (a subsidiary of Ferguson, plc), Van Leeuwen, FloWorks, several regional or product-specific competitors and many local, family-owned and privately held PVF distributors. In addition, most of our suppliers also sell directly to end users.

 Employees:

5

Human Capital

Employees.We have approximately  3,450are a global team in 15 countries dedicated to our customers, our communities and each other. MRC Global employees regularly go out of which 127their way to support each other in times of need, provide excellent service to our customers and uplift the communities where they live and work. As of December 31, 2022, we had 2,800 employees. Approximately 68% of our employees belongare in the U.S., 25% are in our International segment, and 7% are in Canada. In the U.S., Norway and Australia, as of December 31, 2022, we had 103 employees that belonged to a union and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We also have 130an additional 150 non-union employees in Norway and Australia that are not members of a union but are covered by union negotiated agreements. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

Compensation.  We believe that we provide our employees with a competitive compensation within our industry in the form of wage or salary, depending upon the position. In the U.S., we pay our hourly employees at least $15 per hour beginning in their first year of employment and in other countries we pay prevailing wages for our industry. In the U.S., Canada, and Australia, we offer a defined contribution retirement plan and in other countries we offer similar plans or participate in local government retirement schemes. Likewise in the U.S., we offer employees the opportunity to participate in health, dental and vision benefit plans and in other countries our employees either participate in similar plans or in government provided healthcare schemes. For those positions where short-term incentives, such as annual or quarterly bonuses are applicable, we align our incentives with overall financial results. For profit centers, financial incentives often include adjusted EBITDA as a breakdownmetric that supports our overall financial objectives. For sales personnel, incentives often include gross margin metrics for the employee’s location or unit that also support our overall financial objectives. While we align overall incentive payout with financial results, many employees are also incentivized on non-financial performance objectives and safety or operational efficiency goals or project objectives. An employee's objectives are usually set at the beginning of each year with the employee's supervisor.

Employee Development.  MRC Global provides its employees with educational tools and development opportunities to continually improve their talent and skills. We maintain an organizational development and learning function with employees who develop and present training along with other subject matter experts inside and outside of the company. Because our workforce is distributed over 212 locations in 15 countries, we also maintain a strong internet-delivered learning management system ("LMS") that has many training modules that can be accessed throughout our company. Many of these training modules include interactive training, so that trainees are engaged as they learn. We require employees to take certain modules on anti-harassment, anti-discrimination, legal compliance, safety and computer security at regular intervals. We provide additional training covering the Company’s proprietary procedures and systems, product knowledge, leadership and management, sales skills, Microsoft Office 365 applications and a wide variety of IT areas. As we are increasing our digital capabilities through our MRCGOTM offering as well as other internal initiatives, we are increasing opportunities for employees to develop, implement, use and promote these digital platforms. In addition to modules on the Company’s LMS, we provide employees many opportunities to grow their product knowledge through targeted training that the Company, its suppliers or its customers present. We track our training, so that every employee has a training record and plan. Our on-boarding process for new employees provides a broad and accelerated understanding of MRC Global’s business and culture. Finally, we periodically assess our employees’ satisfaction and engagement through regular individual development reviews as well as company-wide surveys.

MRC Global’s employee development process begins upon hire and includes twice yearly check-ins to track development progress and discuss performance. MRC Global also offers employees with more than six months of service the opportunity to participate in a tuition reimbursement plan for both graduate and undergraduate courses that align with their career objectives within the company. MRC Global also hosts internships and apprentice programs in some countries. Both of these initiatives focus on allowing young employees the opportunity to learn on the job training and gain experience in technical product roles.

Culture. We are proud of the role we play in providing safe, productive and fulfilling jobs to our employees. Our core values underpin our culture. They are:

Safety Leadership Financial Performance
Customer SatisfactionTeamwork
Business EthicsEmployee Development
Operational ExcellenceCommunity/Charity Involvement

All new hires are onboarded with training that covers our culture including mission, vision, and core values. Adherence to the core values is also evaluated for every employee as part of our annual revenue by geography, see “Note 14—Segment, Geographicemployee development process. We maintain an independent process for confidential reporting of workplace concerns through our toll-free hotline, and Product Line Information”the ability to bypass management and directly contact the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017.  

5Legal or Human Resource Departments or the Company's Audit Committee regarding concerns.

 

Diversity.  As we operate in many countries and have an increasingly global and diverse customer base, we strive to have our team members reflect this diversity of cultures, backgrounds and approaches in our business. We are committed to maintaining a harassment and discrimination-free workplace where every employee feels safe, valued and encouraged regardless of age, gender, race, religion, ethnicity, sexual orientation, veteran status, disabilities or backgrounds. We want every one of our employees to have the opportunity to grow his or her career. While we do not maintain specific diversity quotas, our Human Resources Department actively monitors our hiring and promotion processes, so that diverse candidates are considered for open roles. In addition, as part of our succession planning process, we identify high potential employees that include diverse candidates that are considered for promotions and developmental assignments. In 2022, across our global workforce, 29% of our employees were female. Additionally, 24% of our directors and above were female and 53% of our workforce in corporate functions were women.

Monitoring for Success.  We monitor our workforce to determine its overall effectiveness by reviewing metrics related to headcount, composition, voluntary and involuntary turnover, diversity, performance per employee (such as revenue per employee or adjusted EBITDA per employee) and selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of sales. In 2020, we implemented a new human capital management system that is global in nature to help us manage our employee initiatives and development. Since the initial implementation, we have continued to enhance the system with surveying, compensation and timekeeping functionality to better improve utility and employee and supervisor experiences. 

Sustainability

Our Sustainable BusinessModel.  Our distribution capabilities can flex with the needs of customers and service new customers in new end markets. Although the primary customers for our PVF products are gas utility, energy and industrial companies, we also distribute PVF to other end users as well. For instance, in our downstream, industrial and energy transition sector, we distribute PVF to companies engaged in metals and mining, fabrication, power generation, chemical production, carbon capture, biofuels, offshore wind and other general industrial uses. Our distribution platform can also supply new product lines to existing customers and new end markets.

MRC Global’s Sustainability Initiatives.  The primary way that we can reduce our emissions of greenhouse gases in our operations is to create an efficient supply chain. An efficient supply chain reduces the carbon footprint of deliveries to our distribution centers and service centers and, ultimately to our customers. Use of our distribution centers and hub and spoke delivery model allow us to aggregate product across multiple suppliers and customers, which, in turn, prevents each customer from separately creating duplicative supply chains that require fuel for deliveries and resources to manage.

As a distributor, we are engaged in a relatively low amount of manufacturing and assembly, mostly through the actuation and valve modification services that we offer our customers. We do not utilize large amounts of water. Our energy inputs are primarily electricity for lighting, heating and office and warehouse equipment, natural gas for heating and gasoline for company sales and delivery vehicles. We are reviewing this usage and seeking efficiencies to reduce use of these resources and resulting emissions. We have recycling programs to minimize waste from used pallets, cardboard, office paper and other recyclables. 

Market Opportunities.  As a distributor of PVF, we sell products to existing and new customers that control the flow of liquids and gases in a sustainable manner. Most of the products we provide are used to prevent and minimize accidental leaks of hydrocarbons into the environment. In addition, integrated oil and other energy companies, many of which are our customers, have requirements to reduce their methane and other emissions and consider these targets when designing, constructing, upgrading, maintaining and operating their facilities. In November 2021, the EPA initiated a rulemaking process to require the reduction of methane in oil and gas production and hydrocarbon pipelines. The recently enacted Inflation Reduction Act has provisions that further incentivize oil and gas producers to reduce methane emissions. We sell a number of products that reduce the emissions of gases, including methane. In particular, in 2022, 96% of our sales of valves were low-emission valves that control methane and other emissions. Many of the other valves that we sold were sold into applications such as the transfer of water that do not emit greenhouse gases or environmentally dangerous substances.

 

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local, foreign and provincial environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permitting requirements (collectively, “environmental laws”), including those governing the following:

·

the discharge of pollutants or hazardous substances into the air, soil or water,water;

·

the generation, handling, use, management, storage and disposal of, or exposure to, hazardous substances and wastes,wastes;

·

the responsibility to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up contaminationcontamination; and

·occupational health and safety.

occupational health and safety.

Historically, the costs to comply with environmental laws have not been material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We are not aware of any pending environmental compliance or remediation matters that, in the opinion of management, are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our business, financial position or results of operations or cash flows. However, our failure to comply with applicable environmental laws could result in fines, penalties, enforcement actions, employee, neighbor or other third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, requirements to clean up property or to pay for the costs of cleanup or regulatory or judicial orders requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions.

Certain environmental laws, such as the U.S. federal Superfund law or its state or foreign equivalents, may impose the obligation to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up contamination at a facility on current and former owners, lessees or operators or on persons who may have sent waste to that facility for disposal. These environmental laws may impose liability without regard to fault or to the legality of the activities giving rise to the contamination. Although we are not aware of any active litigation against us under the U.S. federal Superfund law or its state or foreign equivalents, we have identified contamination at several of our current and former facilities, and we have incurred and will continue to incur costs to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up these conditions. To date, these costs have not had a material impact on our business. Moreover, we may incur liabilities in connection with environmental conditions currently unknown to us relating to our prior, existing or future owned or leased sites or operations or those of predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed or acquired. We believe that indemnities contained in certain of our acquisition agreements may cover certain environmental conditions existing at the time of the acquisition subject to certain terms, limitations and conditions. However, if these indemnification provisions terminate or if the indemnifying parties do not fulfill their indemnification obligations, we may be subject to liability with respect to the environmental matters that those indemnification provisions address.

Certain governments at the international, national, regional and state level are at various stages of considering or implementing treaties and environmental laws that could limit emissions of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, associated with the burning of fossil fuels. For instance, in September 2016, 175 countries ratified the Paris Agreement, which requires member countries to review and determine their respective goals towards reducing greenhouse gas emissions. While the U.S. initially chose to pull out of the Paris Agreement, the new administration has implemented executive orders for the U.S. to rejoin the agreement, which presumably will require the U.S. to set greenhouse gas reduction goals and enact policies to meet those goals. Certain states, regions and regionscities have also adopted or are considering environmental laws that impose overall caps or taxes on greenhouse gas emissions from certain sectors or facility categories or mandate the increased use of electricity from renewable energy sources. It is not possible to predict how new environmental laws to address greenhouse gas emissions, including new laws or programs implemented by the new administration, would impact our business or that of our customers, but these laws and regulations could impose costs on us or negatively impactcreate a shift in the market for the products that we distribute and consequently,hence affect our business. Even so, theThe U.S. Energy Information AdministrationAgency ("EIA") in its International Energy Outlook Report 20172022 report continues to project, in itsbased on the agency's reference case, increases in world energy consumption for oil and gas through 2040 despite these2050, although this projection could change depending on regulatory developments, technological changes and other efforts to reduce consumption of fossil fuels.changes in energy mix.

In addition, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”)EPA has previously implemented regulations that require permits for and reductions in greenhouse gas emissions for certain categories of emission sources, including (among others) New Source Performance Standards for new power plants and emission guidelines for existing power plants (commonly known as the “Clean Power Plan”). In anticipation of and in response to these regulations, United States electric producers have been switching from coal to natural gas as a cleaner burning fuel source. This replacement of coal for natural gas for coal has benefitted our business as our customers include natural gas producers. There have been various court challenges and proposed regulatory changes to these EPA regulations.regulations, such as the EPA’s June 2019 repeal of the Clean Power Plan and finalization of a replacement rule (known as the Affordable Clean Energy Rule) and, in January 2021, a D.C. Circuit vacatur of the Affordable Clean Energy Rule. Even so, switching from coal to natural gas has continued, in part, driven by low natural gas prices as well as continued regulatory uncertainty regarding coal emissions. In November 2021, the EPA proposed amendments to the existing greenhouse gas emissions regulations for the oil and natural gas production industry, but it is currently not possible to predict the final scope of any new rule and, therefore, how this new rule will impact our business or that of our customers. We predominately sell valves and other products that assist customers in the prevention of emissions of greenhouse gases, such as methane, and believe that the passage of a final rule could be an opportunity to assist customers with their compliance with the rule.

Also, federal,

Federal, state, local, foreign and provincial governments have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, environmental laws that could impose more stringent permitting; disclosure; wastewater and other waste disposal; greenhouse gas, ethane or volatile organic compound control, leak detection and repair requirements; and well construction and testing requirements on our customers’ hydraulic fracturing.

 

Environmental laws applicable to our business and the business of our customers, including environmental laws regulating the energy industry, and the interpretation or enforcement of these environmental laws, are constantly evolving; it is impossible to predict accurately the effect that changes in these environmental laws, or their interpretation or enforcement, may have upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. Should environmental laws, or their interpretation or enforcement, become more stringent,

6


our costs, or the costs of our customers, could increase, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Exchange Rate Information

In this report, unless otherwise indicated, foreign currency amounts are converted into U.S. dollar amounts at the exchange rates in effect on December 31, 20172022 and 20162021 for balance sheet figures. Income statement figures are converted on a monthly basis, using each month’s average conversion rate.

Available Information

Our website is located at www.mrcglobal.com. We make available free of charge on or through our internet website our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file this material with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

7 The information contained on the websites referenced in this Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this filing. Further, the Company’s references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

 

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors as well as the other risks and uncertainties contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K or in our other SEC filings. The occurrence of one or more of these risks or uncertainties could materiallymater
ially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context expressly requires a different reading, when we state that a factor could “adversely affect us,” have a “material adverse effect,” “adversely affect our business” and similar expressions, we mean that the factor could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Information contained in this section may be considered “forward-looking statements.” See “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of certain qualifications regarding forward looking statements.

Risks Related to Our Business

Decreased capital and other expenditures in the energy industry, which can result from decreased oil and natural gas prices, among other things,industries that we serve can adversely impact our customers’customers demand for our products and our revenue.

A large portion of our revenue depends upon the level of capital and operating expenditures in the oilindustries that we serve. For instance, demand for our products and naturalservices is sensitive to capital expenditures for the addition of distribution capacity and replacement of aging infrastructure in our gas industry, including capitalutilities business. In our upstream production, midstream pipeline and other expenditures in connection with exploration, drilling, production, gathering, transportation, refining portion of our downstream, industrial and processing operations. Demandenergy transition sectors, demand for the products we distribute and services we provide is particularly sensitive to the level of exploration, development, production, transportation and productionrefining activity of, and the corresponding capital and otheroperating expenditures by oil and natural gas companies. A material decline in oil or natural gas prices, inability to accessOther industrial sectors have various drivers for their capital and consolidation within the industry could all depress levels of exploration, development and production activity and, therefore, could lead to a decrease in our customers’ capital and other expenditures. If our customers’ capital expenditures decline, our business will suffer.

General economic conditions may adversely affect our business.

U.S. and global general economic conditions affect many aspects of our business, including demand for the products we distribute. If general economic conditions deteriorate and the business of our customers in one or more of our end market sectors is negatively impacted, our customers may curtail their capital expenditures and demand for our products may suffer. General economic factors beyond our control that affect our business and customers include (among others) interest rates, recession, inflation, deflation, customer credit availability, consumer credit availability, consumer debt levels, performance of housing markets, energy costs, tax rates and policy, unemployment rates, and other economic matters that influence our customers' spending.

Geopolitical events may adversely affect our business

U.S. and global general geopolitical events and relations among countries affect many aspects of our business as well as general economic conditions. These events could include (among others) the commencement or escalation of war or hostilities, the threat or possibility of war, terrorism or other global or national unrest, political or financial instability or the restriction of the flow of goods, data, people or capital among various countries. Governments in the countries where we do business could impose new taxes, change tax policies, change laws, add protectionist policies for their country, impose tariffs or export quotas, impose embargos or restrict imports or exports or impose economic sanctions. These sorts of actions could adversely impact our suppliers, our prices, our customers' demand for our products and our ability to receive payments.

Volatile oil and gas prices affect demand for our products.

As evidenced by the decline of oil prices from late 2014 through 2016 and again in 2020, prices for oil and natural gas are cyclical and subject to large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for oil and natural gas, market uncertainty and a variety of other factors that are beyond our control. A decline in oil and gas prices impacts the capital spending of many of our customers, particularly in our upstream production, midstream pipeline and the refining portion of our downstream, industrial and energy transition businesses. Any sustained decrease in capital expenditures in the oil and natural gas industry could have a material adverse effect on us.

Many factors affect the supply of and demand for energy and, therefore, influence oil and natural gas prices, including:

·

the level of domestic and worldwide oil and natural gas production and inventories;

·

the level of drilling activity and the availability of attractive oil and natural gas field prospects, which governmental actions may affect, such as regulatory actions or legislation, or other restrictions on drilling, including those related to environmental concerns;

·

the discovery rate of new oil and natural gas reserves and the expected cost of developing new reserves;

·

the actual cost of finding and producing oil and natural gas;

·

depletion rates;

·

domestic and worldwide refinery overcapacity or undercapacity and utilization rates;

·

the availability of transportation infrastructure and refining capacity;

·

increases in the cost of products and services that the oil and gas industry uses, such as those that we provide, which may result from increases in the cost of raw materials such as steel;

·

shifts in end-customer preferences toward fuel efficiency and the use of natural gas;

·

the economic or political attractiveness of alternative fuels, such as coal, hydrocarbon, wind, solar energy and biomass-based fuels;

·

increases in oil and natural gas prices or historically high oil and natural gas prices, which could lower demand for oil and natural gas products;

·

worldwide economic activity including growth in non-OECD countries, including (among others) China and India;

·

interest rates and the cost of capital;

·

national government policies, including government policies that could nationalize or expropriate oil and natural gas exploration, production, refining or transportation assets;

·

the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) along with other countries, such as Russia, to set and maintain production levels and prices for oil;

·

the impact of armed hostilities, or the threat or perception of armed hostilities;

8


·

environmental regulation and policies;  

·

technological advances;

·

global weather conditions and natural disasters;

·

currency fluctuations; and

·

tax policies.

Oil and natural gas prices have been and are expected to remain volatile. This volatility has historically caused oil and natural gas companies to change their strategies and expenditure levels from year to year. We have experienced in the past, and we will likely experience in the future, significant fluctuations in operating results based on these changes. In particular, volatility in the oil and natural gas sectors could adversely affect our business.

General economic conditions may adversely affect our business.

U.S. and global general economic conditions affect many aspects of our business, including demand for the products we distribute and the pricing and availability of supplies. General economic conditions and predictions regarding future economic conditions also affect our forecasts. A decrease in demand for the products we distribute or other adverse effects resulting from an economic downturn may cause us to fail to achieve our anticipated financial results. General economic factors beyond our control that affect our business and customers include interest rates, recession, inflation, deflation, customer credit availability, consumer credit availability, consumer debt levels, performance of housing markets, energy costs, tax rates and policy, unemployment rates, commencement or escalation of war or hostilities, the threat or possibility of war, terrorism or other global or national unrest, political or financial instability and other matters that influence our customers’ spending. Increasing volatility in financial markets may cause these factors to change with a greater degree of frequency or increase in magnitude. In addition, worldwide economic conditions could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, operating results, financial condition, and cash flows going forward. Continued adverse economic conditions would have an adverse effect on us.

We may be unable to compete successfully with other companies in our industry.

We sell products and services in very competitive markets. In some cases, we compete with large companies with substantial resources. In other cases, we compete with smaller regional players that may increasingly be willing to provide similar products and services at lower prices. Competitive actions, such as price reductions, consolidation in the industry, improved delivery and other actions, could adversely affect our revenue and earnings. We could experience a material adverse effect to the extent that our competitors are successful in reducing our customers’ purchases of products and services from us. Competition could also cause us to lower our prices, which could reduce our margins and profitability. Furthermore, consolidation in our industry could heighten the impacts of the competition on our business and results of operations discussed above, particularly if consolidation results in competitors with stronger financial and strategic resources and could also result in increases to the prices we are required to pay for acquisitions we may make in the future.

Demand for the products we distribute could decrease if the manufacturers of those products were to sell a substantial amount of goods directly to end users in the sectors we serve.

Historically, users of PVF and related products have purchased certain amounts of these products through distributors and not directly from manufacturers. If customers were to purchase the products that we sell directly from manufacturers, or if manufacturers sought to increase their efforts to sell directly to end users, we could experience a significant decrease in profitability. These or other developments that remove us from, or limit our role in, the distribution chain, may harm our competitive position in the marketplace, reduce our sales and earnings and adversely affect our business.

We may experience unexpected supply shortages.

We distribute products from a wide variety of manufacturers and suppliers. Nevertheless, in the future we may have difficulty obtaining the products we need from suppliers and manufacturers as a result of unexpected demand, or production difficulties that might extend lead times. Also,times or a supplier’s decision to sell its products may not be available to usthrough other distributors. For instance, during various times during the COVID-19 pandemic starting in quantities sufficient to meet our customer demand.2020, supply chain shortages have resulted from lockdowns and related health measures in various jurisdictions, labor shortages and transportation delays. Our inability to obtain products from suppliers and manufacturers in sufficient quantities to meet customer demand, or at all, could adversely affect our product and service offerings and our business.

The loss of third-party transportation providers, or conditions negatively affecting the transportation industry, could increase our costs or cause a disruption in our operations.

We depend upon third-party transportation providers for delivery of products to our customers. Strikes, slowdowns, transportation disruptions or other conditions in the transportation industry, including, among others, shortages of truck drivers or dock workers, disruptions in rail service, increases in fuel prices and adverse weather conditions, could increase our costs and disrupt our operations and our ability to service our customers on a timely basis. We cannot predict whether or to what extent increases or anticipated increases in fuel prices may impact our costs or cause a disruption in our operations going forward.

We may experience cost increases from suppliers and transportation providers, which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.

In the future, we

Highly inflationary environments may adversely impact our business. We may face supply cost increases due to, among other things, unexpected increases in demand for supplies, decreases in production of supplies, increases in the cost of raw materials, transportation shortages, changes in exchange rates or the imposition of import taxes or tariff on imported products. Any inability to pass supply price increases on to our customers could have a material adverse effect on us. For example, we may be unable to pass increased supply costs on to our customers because significant amounts of our

9


sales are derived from stocking program arrangements, contracts and maintenance and repair arrangements, which provide our customers time limited price protection, which may obligate us to sell products at a set price for a specific period.protection. In addition, if supply costs increase, our customers may elect to purchase smaller amounts of products or may purchase products from other distributors. While we may be able to work with our customers to reduce the effects of unforeseen price increases, because of our relationships with them, we may not be able to reduce the effects of the cost increases. In addition,

If steel prices rise, we may be unable to pass along the extent that competition leadscost increases to reduced purchasesour customers.

We maintain inventories of steel products or services from us or a reductionto accommodate the lead time requirements of our customers. Accordingly, we purchase steel products in an effort to maintain our inventory at levels that we believe to be appropriate to satisfy the anticipated needs of our customers based upon historic buying practices, contracts with customers and forecasts of customer demands. Our commitments to purchase steel products are generally at prevailing market prices in effect at the time we place our orders. If steel prices increase between the time we order steel products and these reductions occur concurrently withthe time of delivery of the products to us, our suppliers may impose surcharges that require us to pay for increases in steel prices during the pricesperiod. Demand for selected commodities whichthe products we usedistribute, the actions of our competitors and other factors will influence whether we will be able to pass on steel cost increases and surcharges to our customers, and we may be unsuccessful in our operations, including steel, nickel and molybdenum, the adverse effects described above would likely be exacerbated and could result in a prolonged downturn in profitability.doing so.

We do not have contracts with most of our suppliers. The loss of a significant supplier would require us to rely more heavily on our other existing suppliers or to develop relationships with new suppliers. Such a loss may have an adverse effect on our product and service offerings and our business.

Given the nature of our business, and consistent with industry practice, we do not have contracts with most of our suppliers. We generally make our purchases through purchase orders. Therefore, most of our suppliers have the ability to terminate their relationships with us at any time. Approximately 43% of our total purchases during the year ended December 31, 20172022, were from our 25 largest suppliers. Although we believe there are numerous manufacturers with the capacity to supply the products we distribute, the loss of one or more of our major suppliers could have an adverse effect on our product and service offerings and our business. Such a loss would require us to rely more heavily on our other existing suppliers or develop relationships with new suppliers, which may cause us to pay higher prices for products due to, among other things, a loss of volume discount benefits currently obtained from our major suppliers.

Price reductions by suppliers of products that we sell could cause the value of our inventory to decline. Also, these price reductions could cause our customers to demand lower sales prices for these products, possibly decreasing our margins and profitability on sales to the extent that we purchased our inventory of these products at the higher prices prior to supplier price reductions.

The value of our inventory could decline as a result of manufacturer price reductions with respect to products that we sell. There is no assurance that a substantial decline in product prices would not result in a write-down of our inventory value. Such a write-downdecline could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.effect.

Also, decreases in the market prices of products that we sell could cause customers to demand lower sales prices from us. These price reductions could reduce our margins and profitability on sales with respect to the lower-priced products. Reductions in our margins and profitability on sales could have a material adverse effect on us.

A substantial decrease in the price of steel could significantly lower our gross profit or cash flow.

We distribute many products manufactured from steel. As a result, the price and supply of steel can affect our business and, in particular, our carbon steel line pipe product category. When steel prices are lower, the prices that we charge customers for products may decline, which affects our gross profit and cash flow. At times pricing and availability of steel can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our control, including general domestic and international economic conditions, labor costs, sales levels, competition, consolidation of steel producers, fluctuations in and the costs of raw materials necessary to produce steel, steel manufacturers’ plant utilization levels and capacities, import duties and tariffs and currency exchange rates. Increases in manufacturing capacity for the carbon steel line pipe products could put pressure on the prices we receive for our carbon steel line pipe products. When steel prices decline, customer demands for lower prices and our competitors’ responses to those demands could result in lower sales prices and, consequently, lower gross profit and cash flow.

If steel prices rise, we may be unable to pass along the cost increases to our customers.

We maintain inventories of steel products to accommodate the lead time requirements of our customers. Accordingly, we purchase steel products in an effort to maintain our inventory at levels that we believe to be appropriate to satisfy the anticipated needs of our customers based upon historic buying practices, contracts with customers and market conditions. Our commitments to purchase steel products are generally at prevailing market prices in effect at the time we place our orders. If steel prices increase between the time we order steel products and the time of delivery of the products to us, our suppliers may impose surcharges that require us to pay for increases in steel prices during the period. Demand for the products we distribute, the actions of our competitors and other factors will influence whether we will be able to pass on steel cost increases and surcharges to our customers, and we may be unsuccessful in doing so.

10


We do not have long-term contracts or agreements with many of our customers. The contracts and agreements that we do have generally do not commit our customers to any minimum purchase volume. The loss of a significant customer may have a material adverse effect on us.

Given the nature of our business, and consistent with industry practice, we do not have long-term contracts with many of our customers. In addition, our contracts, including our maintenance, repair and operations (“MRO”) contracts, generally do not commit our customers to any minimum purchase volume. Therefore, a significant number of our customers, including our MRO customers, may terminate their relationships with us or reduce their purchasing volume at any time. Furthermore, the long-term customer contracts that we do have are generally terminable without cause on short notice. Our 25 largest customers represented approximately 53% of our sales for the year ended December 31,2017. The products that we may sell to any particular customer depend in large part on the size of that customer’s capital expenditure budget in a particular year and on the results of competitive bids for major projects. Consequently, a customer that accounts for a significant portion of our sales in one fiscal year may represent an immaterial portion of our sales in subsequent fiscal years. The loss of a significant customer, or a substantial decrease in a significant customer’s orders, may have an adverse effect on our sales and revenue. In addition, we are subject to customer audit clauses in many of our multi-year contracts. If we are not able to provide the proper documentation or support for invoices per the contract terms, we may be subject to negotiated settlements with our major customers.

Changes in our customer and product mix could cause our gross profit percentage to fluctuate.

From time to time, we may experience changes in our customer mix or in our product mix. Changes in our customer mix may result from geographic expansion, daily selling activities within current geographic markets and targeted selling activities to new customer segments. Changes in our product mix may result from marketing activities to existing customers and needs communicated to us from existing and prospective customers. If customers begin to require more lower-margin products from us and fewer higher-margin products, our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

Customer credit risks could result in losses.

The concentration of our customers in the energy industry may impact our overall exposure to credit risk as customers may be similarly affected by prolonged changes in economic and industry conditions. Further, laws in some jurisdictions in which we operate could make collection difficult or time consuming. In addition, in times when commodity prices are low, our customers with higher debt levels may not have the ability to pay their debts.  We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and do not generally require collateral in support of our trade receivables. While we maintain reserves for expected credit losses, we cannot assure these reserves will be sufficient to meet write-offs of uncollectible receivables or that our losses from such receivables will be consistent with our expectations.

We may be unable to successfully execute or effectively integrate acquisitions.

One of our key operating strategies is to selectively pursue acquisitions, including large scale acquisitions, to continue to grow and increase profitability. However, acquisitions, particularly of a significant scale, involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, the potential unavailability of financial resources necessary to consummate acquisitions in the future, increased leverage due to additional debt financing that may be required to complete an acquisition, dilution of our stockholders’ net current book value per share if we issue additional equity securities to finance an acquisition, difficulties in identifying suitable acquisition targets or in completing any transactions identified on sufficiently favorable terms, assumption of undisclosed or unknown liabilities and the need to obtain regulatory or other governmental approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions. In addition, any future acquisitions may entail significant transaction costs and risks associated with entry into new markets.

Even when acquisitions are completed, integration of acquired entities can involve significant difficulties, such as:

·

failure to achieve cost savings or other financial or operating objectives with respect to an acquisition;

·

strain on the operational and managerial controls and procedures of our business, and the need to modify systems or to add management resources;

·

difficulties in the integration and retention of customers or personnel and the integration and effective deployment of operations or technologies;

·

amortization of acquired assets, which would reduce future reported earnings;

·

possible adverse short-term effects on our cash flows or operating results;

·

diversion of management’s attention from the ongoing operations of our business;

·

integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures;

·

coordinating sales and marketing functions;

11


·

failure to obtain and retain key personnel of an acquired business; and

·

assumption of known or unknown material liabilities or regulatory non-compliance issues.

Failure to manage these acquisition growth risks could have an adverse effect on us.

Our indebtedness may affect our ability to operate our business, and this could have a material adverse effect on us.

We have now and will likely continue to have indebtedness. As of December 31, 2017, we had total debt outstanding of  $526million and excess availability of $437 million under our credit facilities. We may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness, the risks described below could increase. Our significant level of indebtedness could have important consequences, such as:

·

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our working capital, acquisitions, expenditures, debt service requirements or other general corporate purposes;

·

limiting our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of our business because we must dedicate a substantial portion of these funds to service debt;

·

limiting our ability to compete with other companies who are not as highly leveraged;

·

subjecting us to restrictive financial and operating covenants in the agreements governing our and our subsidiaries’ long-term indebtedness;

·

exposing us to potential events of default (if not cured or waived) under financial and operating covenants contained in our or our subsidiaries’ debt instruments that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition;

·

increasing our vulnerability to a downturn in general economic conditions or in pricing of our products; and

·

limiting our ability to react to changing market conditions in our industry and in our customers’ industries.

In addition, borrowings under our credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, the variable-rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. Our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was  $31 million.

Our ability to make scheduled debt payments, to refinance our obligations with respect to our indebtedness and to fund capital and non-capital expenditures necessary to maintain the condition of our operating assets, properties and systems software, as well as to provide capacity for the growth of our business, depends on our financial and operating performance, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, competitive, legal and other factors. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available to us under our credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may seek to sell assets to fund our liquidity needs but may not be able to do so. We may also need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

In addition, we are and will be subject to covenants contained in agreements governing our present and future indebtedness. These covenants include and will likely include restrictions on:

·

investments, including acquisitions;  

·

prepayment of certain indebtedness;

·

the granting of liens;

·

the incurrence of additional indebtedness;

·

asset sales;

·

the making of fundamental changes to our business;  

·

transactions with affiliates; and

·

the payment of dividends.

In addition, any defaults under our credit facilities, including our global asset-based lending facility (“Global ABL Facility”), our senior secured term loan B (“Term Loan”) or our other debt could trigger cross defaults under other or future credit agreements and may permit acceleration of our other indebtedness. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. For a description of our credit facilities and indebtedness, see “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

12


We are a holding company and depend upon our subsidiaries for our cash flow.

We are a holding company. Our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own substantially all of our assets. Consequently, our cash flow and our ability to meet our obligations or to pay dividends or make other distributions in the future will depend upon the cash flow of our subsidiaries and our subsidiaries’ payment of funds to us in the form of dividends, tax sharing payments or otherwise.

The ability of our subsidiaries to make any payments to us will depend on their earnings, the terms of their current and future indebtedness, tax considerations and legal and contractual restrictions on the ability to make distributions. In particular, our subsidiaries’ credit facilities currently impose limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us and consequently our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. Subject to limitations in our credit facilities, our subsidiaries may also enter into additional agreements that contain covenants prohibiting them from distributing or advancing funds or transferring assets to us under certain circumstances, including to pay dividends.

Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. Any right that we have to receive any assets of or distributions from any of our subsidiaries upon the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization, or to realize proceeds from the sale of their assets, will be junior to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors and holders of debt that the subsidiary issued.

Changes in our credit profile may affect our relationship with our suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

Changes in our credit profile may affect the way our suppliers view our ability to make payments and may induce them to shorten the payment terms of their invoices if they perceive our indebtedness to be high. Given the large dollar amounts and volume of our purchases from suppliers, a change in payment terms may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to make payments to our suppliers and, consequently, may have a material adverse effect on us.

If tariffs, quotas and duties on imports into the U.S. of certain of the products that we sell are lifted or imposed, we could have too many of these products in inventory competing against less expensive imports or conversely pay higher prices for products that we sell.

 

U.S. law currently imposes tariffs and duties on imports from certain foreign countries of line pipe and to a lesser extent, on imports of certain other products that we sell. If these tariffs and duties are lifted or reduced or if the level of these imported products otherwise increase, and our U.S. customers accept these imported products, we could be materially and adversely affected to the extent that we would then have higher-cost products in our inventory or experience lower prices and margins due to increased supplies of these products that could drive down prices and margins. If prices of these products were to decrease significantly, we might not be able to profitably sell these products, and the value of our inventory would decline. In addition, significant price decreases could result in a significantly longer holding period for some of our inventory. Conversely, if tariffs and duties are imposed on imports from certain foreign countries of products that we sell, we could be required to pay higher prices for our products. Demand for the products we distribute, the actions of our competitors and other factors will influence whether we will be able to pass on additional cost increases to our customers, and we may be unsuccessful in doing so.

We may be adversely impacted by holding more inventory than can be sold in a commercial time frame.

A fundamental aspect of our business is to have inventory available for customers when they need it. If we over-estimate the amount of inventory that can be sold in a commercial time frame or if market demand for a product drops unexpectedly, we may be forced to sell the product at substantially lower prices, scrap the product or write down its carrying value. This can adversely impact our business.

A transition to alternative forms of energy could adversely impact our customers, result in lower sales and adversely impact our results and financial condition.

If through legislation, treaty or consumer preference, demand for oil and gas is substantially reduced through the use of alternative forms of energy and sales of our products to alternative energy producers are less than sales of our products to existing customers that produce, transport and use hydrocarbons as feedstock as well as sales to other customers, we could experience a reduction in sales, which could adversely impact our results and financial condition. Likewise, to the extent that governments limit the use of oil or gas in various applications, such as in prohibiting natural gas connections to newly constructed homes or buildings, we could also experience a reduction in sales, which could adversely impact our results and financial condition.

Adverse weather events or natural disasters could negatively affect our local economies or disrupt our operations.

Certain areas in which we operate have been susceptible to more frequent and more severe weather events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes and floods and to natural disasters such as earthquakes, fires, volcanic eruptions and coronal mass ejections (sometimes referred to as solar flares). Weather events, in particular, may be increasing in frequency and severity due to climate change. These events can disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties and negatively affect the local economies in which we operate. Additionally, we may experience communication disruptions with our customers, vendors and employees. These events can cause physical damage to our service centers and require us to close service centers. Additionally, our sales order backlog and shipments can experience a temporary decline immediately following these events.

These adverse events could result in disruption of our purchasing or distribution capabilities, interruption of our business that exceeds our insurance coverage, our inability to collect from customers and increased operating costs. Our business or results of operations may be adversely affected by these and other negative effects of these events.

We are subject to strict environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that may lead to significant liabilities and negatively impact the demand for our products.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local, foreign and provincial environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permitting requirements (collectively, “environmental laws”), including those governing the following:

·

the discharge of pollutants or hazardous substances into the air, soil or water;

·

the generation, handling, use, management, storage and disposal of, or exposure to, hazardous substances and wastes;

·

the responsibility to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up contaminationcontamination; and

·occupational health and safety.

occupational health and safety.

Our failure to comply with applicable environmental laws could result in fines, penalties, enforcement actions, employee, neighbor or other third-party claims for property damage and personal injury, requirements to clean up property or to pay for the costs of cleanup or regulatory or judicial orders requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions.

Certain environmental laws, such as the U.S. federal Superfund law or its state or foreign equivalents, may impose the obligation to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up contamination at a facility on current and former owners, lessees or operators or on persons who may have sent waste to that facility for disposal.  These environmental laws may impose liability without regard to fault or to the legality of the activities giving rise to the contamination. Although we are not aware of any active litigation against us under the U.S. federal Superfund law or its state or foreign equivalents, we have identified contamination at several of our current and former facilities, and we have incurred and will continue to incur costs to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up these conditions. Moreover, we may incur liabilities in connection with environmental conditions currently unknown to us relating to our prior, existing or future owned or leased sites or operations or those of predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed

13


or acquired. We believe that indemnities contained in certain of our acquisition agreements may cover certain environmental conditions existing at the time of the acquisition subject to certain terms, limitations and conditions. However, if these indemnification provisions terminate or if the indemnifying parties do not fulfill their indemnification obligations, we may be subject to liability with respect to the environmental matters that those indemnification provisions address.  Although our responsibility for the clean-up of contamination or pollution to date has not been material, were there to be a significant release of contamination or pollution related to our operations, our obligation to clean up that contamination or pollution could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Certain governments at the international, national, regional and state level are at various stages of considering or implementing treaties and environmental laws that could limit emissions of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, associated with the burning of fossil fuels.  It is not possible to predict how new environmental laws to address greenhouse gas emissions would impact our business or that of our customers, but these laws and regulations could impose costs on us or negatively impact the market for the products we distribute and, consequently, our business. 

In addition, federal, state, local, foreign and provincial governments have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, environmental laws that could impose more stringent permitting; disclosure; wastewater and other waste disposal; greenhouse gas, ethane or volatile organic compound control, leak detection and repair requirements;  and well construction and testing requirements on our customers’ hydraulic fracturing. 

Environmental laws applicable to our business and the business of our customers, including environmental laws regulating the energy industry, and the interpretation or enforcement of these environmental laws, are constantly evolving; it is impossible to predict accurately the effect that changes in these environmental laws, or their interpretation or enforcement, may have upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. Should environmental laws, or their interpretation or enforcement, become more stringent, our costs, or the costs of our customers, could increase, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Changes in our customer and product mix could cause our gross profit percentage to fluctuate.

From time to time, we may experience changes in our customer mix or in our product mix. We must provide the products that our customers need when they need them and provide an appropriate level of service to gain and retain customers.  If our customers' experience is negative or our customers require more lower-margin products from us and fewer higher-margin products, our business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

Demand for the products we distribute could decrease if the manufacturers of those products were to sell a substantial amount of goods directly to end users in the sectors we serve.

Historically, users of PVF and related products have purchased certain amounts of these products through distributors and not directly from manufacturers. If customers were to purchase the products that we sell directly from manufacturers, or if manufacturers sought to increase their efforts to sell directly to end users, we could experience a significant decrease in profitability. These or other developments that remove us from, or limit our role in, the distribution chain, may harm our competitive position in the marketplace, reduce our sales and earnings and adversely affect our business.

Failure to operate our business in an efficient or optimized manner can adversely impact our business.

To make a profit, we must control selling, general and administrative expense. This requires our distribution network structure, our warehouse operations and the cost to serve customers to be diligently controlled for our Company to earn a profit after deducting the cost of goods sold from the price of the products that we sell. We are constantly working to create a more efficient operation and will often review where our service centers and regional distribution centers are located, the transportation patterns and other operations among those centers and the needs and costs to operate our business. Failure to operate our business in an efficient or optimized manner can adversely impact our business.

We may be unable to compete successfully with other companies in our industry.

We sell products and services in very competitive markets. In some cases, we compete with large companies with substantial resources. In other cases, we compete with smaller regional players that may increasingly be willing to provide similar products and services at lower prices. Competitive actions, such as price reductions, consolidation in the industry, improved delivery and other actions could adversely affect our revenue and earnings. Competition could also cause us to lower our prices, which could reduce our margins and profitability. Furthermore, consolidation of our customers' businesses could heighten the impacts of the competition on our business. Our results of operations could also be impacted, particularly if consolidation results in competitors with stronger financial and strategic resources and greater scale in inventory and purchasing power. We must maintain an appropriate level of inventory and provide a service quality to adequately compete. Our failure to successfully compete and maintain a competitive strategy can adversely affect our business.

We do not have long-term contracts or agreements with many of our customers. The contracts and agreements that we do have generally do not commit our customers to any minimum purchase volume. The loss of a significant customer may have a material adverse effect on us.

Given the nature of our business, and consistent with industry practice, we do not have long-term contracts with many of our customers. In addition, our contracts, including our maintenance, repair and operations (“MRO”) contracts, generally do not commit our customers to any minimum purchase volume. Therefore, a significant number of our customers, including our MRO customers, may terminate their relationships with us or reduce their purchasing volume at any time. Furthermore, the customer contracts that we do have are generally terminable without cause on short notice. Our 25 largest customers represented approximately 54% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2022. The products that we may sell to any particular customer depend in large part on the size of that customer’s capital expenditure budget in a particular year and on the results of competitive bids for major projects. Consequently, a customer that accounts for a significant portion of our sales in one fiscal year may represent an immaterial portion of our sales in subsequent fiscal years. The loss of a significant customer, or a substantial decrease in a significant customer’s orders, may have an adverse effect on our sales and revenue. In addition, we are subject to customer audit clauses in many of our multi-year contracts. If we are not able to provide the proper documentation or support for invoices per the contract terms, we may be subject to negotiated settlements with our major customers.

If we are unable to attract and retain our employees or if we lose our key personnel, we may be unable to effectively operate and manage our business or continue our growth.

Our future performance depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our employees and management team and our ability to attract, hire, train and retain employees for our workforce and qualified managerial, sales and marketing personnel. If job openings for qualified personnel exceed the available qualified labor pool in a particular location, we may experience difficulty in attracting and retaining our workforce. We may also need to increase our offered compensation and, thus, increase our costs to attract and retain qualified employees. 

We rely on our sales and marketing teams to create innovative ways to generate demand for the products we distribute. The loss or unavailability to us of any member of our management team or a key sales or marketing employee could have an adverse effect on us to the extent we are unable to timely find adequate replacements. We face competition for these professionals from our competitors, our customers and other companies operating in our industry. We may be unsuccessful in attracting, hiring, training and retaining qualified personnel.

Adverse health events, such as a pandemic, could adversely impact our business.

From time to time, various diseases have spread across the globe such as COVID-19, SARS and the avian flu. If a disease spreads sufficiently to cause an epidemic or a pandemic, the ability to operate our business or the businesses of our suppliers, contractors or customers could be reduced due to illness of employees or local restrictions to combat the disease. In addition, our supply chain that spans over 50 countries could be negatively impacted if our suppliers are unable to operate their business. Such an adverse health event could adversely impact our business.

Interruptions in the proper functioning of our information systems could disrupt operations and cause increases in costs or decreases in revenue.

The proper functioning of our information systems is critical to the successful operation of our business. However, our information systems are vulnerable to natural disasters, power losses, telecommunication failures, cyber incidents and other problems. Many of our systems utilize software as a service or operate on third party “cloud” servers. Likewise, Company data is often stored on these servers. If critical information systems, whether operated by the Company or a contracted third party, fail or are otherwise unavailable, our ability to operate our business could be adversely affected. Our ability to integrate our systems with our customers’ systems would also be significantly affected. We maintain information systems controls designed to protect against, among other things, unauthorized program changes and unauthorized access to data on our information systems. If our information systems controls do not function properly, we face increased risks of unexpected errors and unreliable financial data or theft of proprietary Company information.

We are constantly upgrading and modifying our information systems and the related software and hardware. We are also implementing new systems and technology to support and grow our business and increase efficiencies. Finally, we must maintain a number of aging information systems for our Company to operate. A failure to properly upgrade, modify, implement or maintain these systems and technology can have an adverse effect on our Company.

The occurrence of cyber incidents, or a deficiency in our cybersecurity, could negatively impact our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information or damage to our Company’s image or reputation, all of which could negatively impact our financial results.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. More specifically, a cyber incident is an intentional attack or an unintentional event that can include gaining unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. Our three primary risks that could directly result from the occurrence of a cyber incident include operational interruption, damage to our Company’s reputation and image and private data exposure. We have implemented hardware and software solutions, processes, training and procedures to help mitigate this risk, but these measures, as well as our organization’s increased awareness of our risk of a cyber incident, may fail and do not guarantee that our financial results and operations will not be negatively impacted by such an incident. While we also have some insurance to protect against the financial damage that a cyber incident could cause, the insurance may not be adequate for every type of incident to protect against the financial damages that could occur. In some incidents, the Company may be required to shut off its computer systems, reboot them and reestablish its information from back up sources. In other incidents, the Company may be required under various laws to notify any third parties whose data has been compromised. These incidents can adversely affect us.

Cyber incidents could include (among others) the following:

Computer virus software that infects our computer systems to either allow third parties unauthorized access to private, confidential data or denies the Company access from its own information, often for the attacker’s financial gain by demanding a ransom.

Theft of private information. An unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential supplier, customer or Company information or employee information could cause a theft or unwanted disclosure of data.

E-mail or other forms of spoofing or “phishing” whereby third parties attempt to trick or induce employees to provide private information, such as passwords, social security numbers or other identifying information, to allow the third party to fraudulently attempt to invoice the Company, tricking employees into making a payment to an unauthorized party or gain access to the Company’s computer systems.

Intrusion into payment systems. The Company does not generally accept credit cards for payment as most of its customers are industrial and energy companies who provide payment through invoicing processes. Even so, a portion of our payment methods also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems.

Supplier or customer cyber incidents. Our suppliers and customers also rely upon computer information systems to operate their respective businesses. If any of them experience a cyber incident, this could adversely impact their operations. Suppliers could delay providing product to us for our distribution to our customers. Customers, especially those who do business with us through electronic data interchanges, could be negatively impacted by cyber incidents applicable to them, which, could slow order processing from them or payments to us.

Cyber incidents applicable to outsourced information systems. We outsource the operations of a significant portion of our computer information systems to third party service providers, which store our information on hosted or cloud systems. Although we review their security precautions with them and attempt to hold them contractually responsible for cyber incidents applicable to our information on their systems these vendors may not maintain adequate security to stop an incident, inform us of an incident in a timely manner or perform as required in their agreements.

Supply chain attacks. These attacks occur when software that the Company utilizes is compromised without the Company's knowledge. Attackers may use this software to access our systems without the Company's knowledge or permission to obtain data or impede Company operations.

Customer credit risks could result in losses.

Concentration of our customers in our various industry sectors may impact our overall exposure to credit risk as customers in a sector may be similarly affected by prolonged changes in economic and industry conditions. Further, laws in some jurisdictions in which we operate could make collection difficult or time consuming. In times when commodity prices are low, particularly in our upstream production sector, our customers with higher debt levels may not have the ability to pay their debts. Other customers may have specific issues regarding their ability to pay their indebtedness. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and do not generally require collateral in support of our trade receivables. While we maintain reserves for expected credit losses, these reserves may not be sufficient to meet write-offs of uncollectible receivables or that our losses from such receivables will be consistent with our expectations.

We may be unable to successfully execute or effectively integrate acquisitions.

From time to time, we may selectively pursue acquisitions, including large scale acquisitions, to continue to grow and increase profitability. However, acquisitions, particularly of a significant scale, involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, the potential unavailability of financial resources necessary to consummate acquisitions in the future, increased leverage due to additional debt financing that may be required to complete an acquisition, dilution of our stockholders’ net current book value per share if we issue additional equity securities to finance an acquisition, difficulties in identifying suitable acquisition targets or in completing any transactions identified on sufficiently favorable terms, assumption of undisclosed or unknown liabilities and the need to obtain regulatory or other governmental approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions. In addition, any future acquisitions may entail significant transaction costs and risks associated with entry into new markets.

Even when acquisitions are completed, integration of acquired entities can involve significant difficulties, such as:

failure to achieve cost savings or other financial or operating objectives with respect to an acquisition;

strain on the operational and managerial controls and procedures of our business, and the need to modify systems or to add management resources;

difficulties in the integration and retention of customers, suppliers or personnel and the integration and effective deployment of operations or technologies;

amortization of acquired assets, which would reduce future reported earnings;

possible adverse short-term effects on our cash flows or operating results;

diversion of management’s attention from the ongoing operations of our business;

integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures;

coordinating sales and marketing functions;

failure to obtain and retain key personnel of an acquired business; and

assumption of known or unknown material liabilities or regulatory non-compliance issues.

Failure to manage these acquisition risks could have an adverse effect on us.

We have a substantial amount of goodwill and other intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet, partly because of acquisitions and business combination transactions. The amortization of acquired intangible assets will reduce our future reported earnings. Furthermore, if our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to recognize non-cash charges that would reduce our income.

As of December 31, 2022, we had $447 million of goodwill and other intangibles recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. A substantial portion of these intangible assets results from acquisitions we have made over the past several years. The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets is assigned to goodwill. The amortization expense associated with our identifiable intangible assets will have a negative effect on our future reported earnings. Many other companies, including many of our competitors, may not have the significant acquired intangible assets that we have because they may not have participated in recent acquisitions and business combination transactions similar to ours. Thus, the amortization of identifiable intangible assets may not negatively affect their reported earnings to the same degree as ours.

Additionally, under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill and certain other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but must be reviewed for possible impairment annually, or more often in certain circumstances where events indicate that the asset values are not recoverable. These reviews could result in an earnings charge for impairment, which would reduce our net income even though there would be no impact on our underlying cash flow. 

We face risks associated with conducting business in markets outside of North America.

We currently conduct substantial business in countries outside of North America, and we are subject to geopolitical events and risks related to international instability. We could be materially and adversely affected by economic, legal, political and regulatory developments in the countries in which we do business in the future or in which we expand our business, particularly those countries which have historically experienced a high degree of political or economic instability. Examples of risks inherent in such non-North American activities include:

changes in the political and economic conditions in the countries in which we operate, including civil uprisings, terrorist acts, wars, civil insurrections and armed uprisings;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

changes in tariffs and duties;

the adoption of foreign or domestic laws limiting exports to or imports from certain foreign countries;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the value of the U.S. dollar;

restrictions on repatriation of earnings;
expropriation of property without fair compensation;
governmental actions that result in the deprivation of contract or proprietary rights; and
the acceptance of business practices which are not consistent with or are antithetical to prevailing business practices we are accustomed to in North America including export compliance and anti-bribery practices and governmental sanctions.

If we begin doing business in a foreign country in which we do not presently operate, we may also face difficulties in operations and diversion of management time in connection with establishing our business there.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure

Our indebtedness may affect our ability to operate our business, and this could have a material adverse effect on us.

We have now and will likely continue to have indebtedness. As of December 31, 2022, we had total debt outstanding of $340 million and excess availability of $606 million under our credit facilities. We may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. If new indebtedness is added to our current indebtedness, the risks described below could increase. Our significant level of indebtedness could have important consequences, such as:

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our working capital, acquisitions, expenditures, debt service requirements or other general corporate purposes;

limiting our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of our business because we must dedicate a substantial portion of these funds to service debt;

limiting our ability to compete with other companies who are not as highly leveraged;

subjecting us to restrictive financial and operating covenants in the agreements governing our and our subsidiaries’ long-term indebtedness;

exposing us to potential events of default (if not cured or waived) under financial and operating covenants contained in our or our subsidiaries’ debt instruments that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition;

increasing our vulnerability to a downturn in general economic conditions or in pricing of our products; and

limiting our ability to react to changing market conditions in our industry and in our customers’ industries.

Our ability to make scheduled debt payments, to refinance our obligations with respect to our indebtedness and to fund capital and non-capital expenditures necessary to maintain the condition of our operating assets, properties and systems software, as well as to provide capacity for the growth of our business, depends on our financial and operating performance. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available to us under our credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may seek to sell assets to fund our liquidity needs but may not be able to do so. We may also need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

In addition, we are and will be subject to covenants contained in agreements governing our present and future indebtedness. These covenants include and will likely include restrictions on operations, business and capital flexibility.

Any defaults under our credit facilities, including our global asset-based lending facility (“Global ABL Facility”), our senior secured term loan B (“Term Loan”) or our other debt could trigger cross defaults under other or future credit agreements and may permit acceleration of our other indebtedness. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. For a description of our credit facilities and indebtedness, see “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

We are a holding company and depend upon our subsidiaries for our cash flow.

We are a holding company. Our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own substantially all of our assets. Consequently, our parent company’s cash flow and its ability to meet its obligations or to pay dividends or make other distributions in the future will depend upon the cash flow of our subsidiaries and our subsidiaries’ payment of funds to MRC Global Inc. in the form of dividends, tax sharing payments or otherwise.

The ability of our subsidiaries to make any payments to us will depend on their earnings, the terms of their current and future indebtedness, tax considerations and legal and contractual restrictions on the ability to make distributions. In particular, our subsidiaries’ credit facilities currently impose limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us and consequently our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. Subject to limitations in our credit facilities, our subsidiaries may also enter into additional agreements that contain covenants prohibiting them from distributing or advancing funds or transferring assets to us under certain circumstances, including to pay dividends.

Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. Any right that we have to receive any assets of or distributions from any of our subsidiaries upon the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization, or to realize proceeds from the sale of their assets, will be junior to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors and holders of debt that the subsidiary issued.

Changes in our credit profile may affect our relationship with our suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

Changes in our credit profile may affect the way our suppliers view our ability to make payments and may induce them to shorten the payment terms of their invoices if they perceive our indebtedness to be high. Given the large dollar amounts and volume of our purchases from suppliers, a change in payment terms may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to make payments to our suppliers and, consequently, may have a material adverse effect on us.

We may need additional capital in the future, and it may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

We may require more capital in the future to:

fund our operations;

finance investments in equipment and infrastructure needed to maintain and expand our distribution capabilities;

enhance and expand the range of products we offer; and

respond to potential strategic opportunities, such as investments, acquisitions and international expansion.

Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. The terms of available financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be forced to reduce our operations or delay, limit or abandon expansion opportunities. Moreover, even if we are able to continue our operations, the failure to obtain additional financing could reduce our competitiveness.

Legal and Liability Risks

We may not have adequate insurance for potential liabilities, including liabilities arising from litigation.

In the ordinary course of business, we have, and in the future, may become the subject of various claims, lawsuits and administrative proceedings seeking damages or other remedies concerning our commercial operations, the products we distribute, employees and other matters, including potential claims by individuals alleging exposure to hazardous materials as a result of the products we distribute or our operations. Some of these claims may relate to the activities of businesses that we have acquired, even though these activities may have occurred prior to our acquisition of the businesses. The products we distribute are sold primarily for use in the energy, industry,industrial gas utility sectors, which isare subject to inherent risks that could result in death, personal injury, property damage, pollution, release of hazardous substances or loss of production. In addition, defects in the products we distribute could result in death, personal injury, property damage, pollution, release of hazardous substances or damage to equipment and facilities. Actual or claimed defects in the products we distribute may give rise to claims against us for losses and expose us to claims for damages.

We maintain insurance to cover certain of our potential losses, and we are subject to various self-insured retentions, deductibles and caps under our insurance. It is possible, however, that judgments could be rendered against us in cases in which we would be uninsured and beyond the amounts of insurance we have or beyond the amounts that we currently have reserved or anticipate incurring for these matters. Even a partially uninsured claim, if successful and of significant size, could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, we may not be able to continue to obtain insurance on commercially reasonable terms in the future, and we may incur losses from interruption of our business that exceed our insurance coverage. Even in cases where we maintain insurance coverage, our insurers may raise various objections and exceptions to coverage that could make uncertain the timing and amount of any possible insurance recovery. Finally, while we may have insurance coverage, we cannot guarantee that the insurance carrier will have the financial wherewithal to pay a claim otherwise covered by insurance, and as a result we may be responsible for any such claims.

Due to our position as a distributor, we are subject to personal injury, product liability and environmental claims involving allegedly defective products.

Our customers use certain of the products we distribute in potentially hazardous applications that can result in personal injury, product liability and environmental claims. A catastrophic occurrence at a location where end users use the products we distribute may result in us being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims, even though we did not manufacture the products. Applicable law may render us liable for damages without regard to negligence or fault. In particular, certain environmental laws provide for joint and several and strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of hazardous substances. Certain of these risks are reduced by the fact that we are a distributor of products that third-party manufacturers produce, and, thus, in certain circumstances, we may have third-party warranty or other claims against the manufacturer of products alleged to have been defective. However, there is no assurance that these claims could fully protect us or that the manufacturer would be able financially to provide protection. There is no assurance that our insurance coverage will cover or be adequate to cover the underlying claims. Our insurance does not provide

14


coverage for all liabilities (including but not limited to liability for certain events involving pollution or other environmental claims). Our insurance does not cover damages from breach of contract by us or based on alleged fraud or deceptive trade practices.

We are a defendant in asbestos-related lawsuits. Exposure to these and any future lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on us.

We are a defendant in lawsuits involving approximately 1,1531,112 claims, arising from exposure to asbestos-containing materials included in products that we distributed in the past.are alleged to have distributed. Each claim involves allegations of exposure to asbestos-containing materials by a single individual, his or her spouse or family members. The complaints in these lawsuits typically name many other defendants. In the majority of these lawsuits, little or no information is known regarding the nature of the plaintiffs’ alleged injuries or their connection with the products we distributed. Based on our experience with asbestos litigation to date, as well as the existence of certain insurance coverage, we do not believe that the outcome of these pending claims will have a material impact on us. However, theThe potential liability associated with asbestos claims is subject to many uncertainties, including negative trends with respect to settlement payments, dismissal rates and the types of medical conditions alleged in pending or future claims, negative developments in the claims pending against us, the current or future insolvency of co-defendants, adverse changes in relevant laws or the interpretation of those laws and the extent to which insurance will be available to pay for defense costs, judgments or settlements. In addition, applicable insurance policies are subject to overall caps on limits, which coverage may exhaust the amount available from insurers under those limits. In those cases, the Company is seeking indemnity payments from responsive excess insurance policies, but other insurers may not be solvent or may not make payments under the policies without contesting their liability. Further, while we anticipate that additional claims will be filed against us in the future, we are unable to predict with any certainty the number, timing and magnitude of future claims. Therefore, we can give no assurance that pending or future asbestos litigation will notmay ultimately have a material adverse effect on us. See “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings” and “Item 3—Legal Proceedings” for more information.

If we lose any of our key personnel, we may be unable to effectively manage our business or continue our growth.

Our future performance depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our management team and our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified managerial, sales and marketing personnel. In particular, we rely on our sales and marketing teams to create innovative ways to generate demand for the products we distribute. The loss or unavailability to us of any member of our management team or a key sales or marketing employee could have a material adverse effect on us to the extent we are unable to timely find adequate replacements. We face competition for these professionals from our competitors, our customers and other companies operating in our industry. We may be unsuccessful in attracting, hiring, training and retaining qualified personnel.

Interruptions in the proper functioning of our information systems could disrupt operations and cause increases in costs or decreases in revenue.

The proper functioning of our information systems is critical to the successful operation of our business. We depend on our information management systems to process orders, track credit risk, manage inventory and monitor accounts receivable collections. Our information systems also allow us to efficiently purchase products from our vendors and ship products to our customers on a timely basis, maintain cost-effective operations and provide superior service to our customers. However, our information systems are vulnerable to natural disasters, power losses, telecommunication failures, cyber incidents and other problems. If critical information systems fail or are otherwise unavailable, our ability to procure products to sell, process and ship customer orders, identify business opportunities, maintain proper levels of inventories, collect accounts receivable and pay accounts payable and expenses could be adversely affected. In addition, the cost to repair, modify or replace all or part of our information systems or consolidate one or more systems onto one information technology platform, whether by necessity or choice, would require a significant cash investment on the part of the Company. Our ability to integrate our systems with our customers’ systems would also be significantly affected. We maintain information systems controls designed to protect against, among other things, unauthorized program changes and unauthorized access to data on our information systems. If our information systems controls do not function properly, we face increased risks of unexpected errors and unreliable financial data or theft of proprietary Company information.

The occurrence of cyber incidents, or a deficiency in our cybersecurity, could negatively impact our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information or damage to our Company’s image or reputation, all of which could negatively impact our financial results.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. More specifically, a cyber incident is an intentional attack or an unintentional event that can include gaining unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. Our three primary risks that could directly result from the occurrence of a cyber incident include operational interruption, damage to our Company’s reputation and image and private data exposure. We have implemented hardware and software solutions, processes, training and procedures to help mitigate this risk, but these measures, as well as our organization’s increased awareness of our risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that our financial results and operations will not be negatively impacted by such an incident.  While we also have some insurance to protect against the financial damage that a cyber incident could cause, there can be no guarantee that the insurance would be adequate for every type of incident to protect against the financial damages that could occur.  In some incidents, the Company may be required to shut off its

15


computer systems, reboot them and reestablish its information from back up tapes.  In other incidents, the Company may be required under various laws to notify any third parties whose data has been compromised.  These incidents can adversely affect us.

Among others, cyber incidents could include the following:

·

Denial of service attacks, whereby third parties attempt to slow down or shut down our computer systems by overloading information interfaces, which in turn, could interrupt our operations. 

·

Computer virus software that infects our computer systems to either allow third parties unauthorized access to private, confidential data or denies the Company access from its own information, often for the attacker’s financial gain by demanding a ransom.  

·

Theft of private information.  An unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential supplier, customer or Company information or employee information could cause a theft or unwanted disclosure of data.

·

E-mail or other forms of spoofing or “phishing” whereby third parties attempt to trick or induce employees to provide private information, such as passwords, social security numbers or other identifying information, to allow the third party to fraudulently attempt to invoice the Company or gain access to the Company’s computer systems. 

·

Intrusion into payment systems.  The Company does not generally accept credit cards for payment as most of its customers are industrial and energy companies who provide payment through invoicing processes.  Even so, a portion of our payment methods also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems.

·

Supplier or customer cyber incidents.  Our suppliers and customers also rely upon computer information systems to operate their respective businesses.  If any of them experience a cyber incident, this could adversely impact their operations.  Suppliers could delay providing product to us for our distribution to our customers.  Customers, especially those who do business with us through electronic data interchanges, could be negatively impacted by cyber incidents applicable to them, which, could slow order processing from them or payments to us.

·

Cyber incidents applicable to outsourced information systems.  We outsource the operations of a significant portion of our computer information systems to third party service providers, which store our information on hosted or cloud systems.  Although we review their security precautions with them and attempt to hold them contractually responsible for cyber incidents applicable to our information on their systems, there can be no assurance that these vendors will maintain adequate security to stop an incident, inform us of an incident in a timely manner or perform as required in the their agreements. 

The loss of third-party transportation providers upon whom we depend, or conditions negatively affecting the transportation industry, could increase our costs or cause a disruption in our operations.

We depend upon third-party transportation providers for delivery of products to our customers. Strikes, slowdowns, transportation disruptions or other conditions in the transportation industry, including, among others, shortages of truck drivers, disruptions in rail service, increases in fuel prices and adverse weather conditions, could increase our costs and disrupt our operations and our ability to service our customers on a timely basis. We cannot predict whether or to what extent increases or anticipated increases in fuel prices may impact our costs or cause a disruption in our operations going forward.

We may need additional capital in the future, and it may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

We may require more capital in the future to:

·

fund our operations;

·

finance investments in equipment and infrastructure needed to maintain and expand our distribution capabilities;

·

enhance and expand the range of products we offer; and

·

respond to potential strategic opportunities, such as investments, acquisitions and international expansion.

We can give no assurance that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. The terms of available financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be forced to reduce our operations or delay, limit or abandon expansion opportunities. Moreover, even if we are able to continue our operations, the failure to obtain additional financing could reduce our competitiveness.

Adverse weather events or natural disasters could negatively affect our local economies or disrupt our operations.

Certain areas in which we operate have been susceptible to more frequent and more severe weather events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, and floods and to natural disasters such as earthquakes. These events can disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties and negatively affect the local economies in which we operate. Additionally, we may experience communication

16


disruptions with our customers, vendors and employees. These events can cause physical damage to our branches and require us to close branches. Additionally, our sales order backlog and shipments can experience a temporary decline immediately following these events.

We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage caused by these events will affect our operations or the economies in regions where we operate. These adverse events could result in disruption of our purchasing or distribution capabilities, interruption of our business that exceeds our insurance coverage, our inability to collect from customers and increased operating costs. Our business or results of operations may be adversely affected by these and other negative effects of these events.

We have a substantial amount of goodwill and other intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet, partly because of acquisitions and business combination transactions. The amortization of acquired intangible assets will reduce our future reported earnings. Furthermore, if our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to recognize non-cash charges that would reduce our income.

As of December 31, 2017, we had  $854 million of goodwill and other intangibles recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. A substantial portion of these intangible assets results from our use of purchase accounting in connection with the acquisitions we have made over the past several years. In accordance with the purchase accounting method, the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets is assigned to goodwill. The amortization expense associated with our identifiable intangible assets will have a negative effect on our future reported earnings. Many other companies, including many of our competitors, may not have the significant acquired intangible assets that we have because they may not have participated in recent acquisitions and business combination transactions similar to ours. Thus, the amortization of identifiable intangible assets may not negatively affect their reported earnings to the same degree as ours.

Additionally, under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill and certain other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but must be reviewed for possible impairment annually, or more often in certain circumstances where events indicate that the asset values are not recoverable. These reviews could result in an earnings charge for impairment, which would reduce our net income even though there would be no impact on our underlying cash flow. 

We face risks associated with conducting business in markets outside of North America.

We currently conduct substantial business in countries outside of North America. In addition, we are evaluating the possibility of establishing distribution networks in certain other foreign countries, particularly in Europe, Asia, the Middle East and South America. We could be materially and adversely affected by economic, legal, political and regulatory developments in the countries in which we do business in the future or in which we expand our business, particularly those countries which have historically experienced a high degree of political or economic instability. Examples of risks inherent in such non-North American activities include:

·

changes in the political and economic conditions in the countries in which we operate, including civil uprisings and terrorist acts;

·

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

·

changes in tariffs;

·

the adoption of foreign or domestic laws limiting exports to or imports from certain foreign countries;

·

fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the value of the U.S. dollar;

·

restrictions on repatriation of earnings;

·

expropriation of property without fair compensation;

·

governmental actions that result in the deprivation of contract or proprietary rights; and

·

the acceptance of business practices which are not consistent with or are antithetical to prevailing business practices we are accustomed to in North America including export compliance and anti-bribery practices and governmental sanctions.

If we begin doing business in a foreign country in which we do not presently operate, we may also face difficulties in operations and diversion of management time in connection with establishing our business there.

We are subject to U.S. and other anti-corruption laws, trade controls, economic sanctions, and similar laws and regulations, including those in the jurisdictions where we operate. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to civil, criminal and administrative penalties and harm our reputation.

Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various foreign jurisdictions. These laws and regulations place restrictions on our operations, trade practices, partners and investment decisions. In particular, our operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-bribery and trade control laws and regulations, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), export controls and economic sanctions programs, including those administered by the U.S. Treasury

17


Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). As a result of doing business in foreign countries and with foreign partners, we are exposed to a heightened risk of violating anti-corruption, anti-bribery and trade control laws and sanctions regulations.

The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. It also requires us to keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions. As part of our business, we may deal with state-owned business enterprises, the employees of which are considered foreign officials for purposes of the FCPA. In addition, the provisions of the United Kingdom Bribery Act (the “Bribery Act”) and other laws extend beyond bribery of foreign public officials and also apply to transactions with individuals that a government does not employ. The provisions of the Bribery Act are also more onerous than the FCPA in a number of other respects, including jurisdiction, non-exemption of facilitation payments and penalties. Some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system and have higher than normal levels of corruption. Our continued expansion outside the U.S., including in developing countries, and our development of new partnerships and joint venture relationships worldwide, could increase the risk of FCPA, OFAC or Bribery Act violations in the future.

Economic sanctions programs restrict our business dealings with certain sanctioned countries, persons and entities. In addition, because we act as a distributor, we face the risk that our customers might further distribute our products to a sanctioned person or entity, or an ultimate end-user in a sanctioned country, which might subject us to an investigation concerning compliance with OFAC or other sanctions regulations.

Violations of anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. We have established policies and procedures designed to assist our compliance with applicable U.S. and international anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, including the FCPA, the Bribery Act and trade controls and sanctions programs that OFAC administers, and have trained our employees to comply with these laws and regulations. However, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, consultants, agents or other associated persons will not take actions in violation of our policies and these laws and regulations, and that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent us from violating these regulations in every transaction in which we may engage or provide a defense to any alleged violation. In particular, we may be held liable for the actions that our local, strategic or joint venture partners take inside or outside of the United States, even though our partners may not be subject to these laws. Such a violation even if our policies prohibit it, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, various state and municipal governments, universities and other investors maintain prohibitions or restrictions on investments in companies that do business with sanctioned countries, persons and entities, which could adversely affect the market for our common stock and other securities.

We face risks associated with international instability and geopolitical developments.

In some countries, there is an increased chance for economic, legal or political changes that may adversely affect the performance of our services, sale of our products or repatriation of our profits. We do not know the impact that these regulatory, geopolitical and other factors may have on our business in the future and any of these factors could adversely affect us.

We are exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”Sarbanes-Oxley Act).

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to annually evaluate our internal controls systems over financial reporting. This is not a static process as we may change our processes each year or acquire new companies that have different controls than our existing controls. Upon completion of this process each year, we may identify control deficiencies of varying degrees of severity under applicable U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) rules and regulations that remain unremediated. We are required to report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a “material weakness” or changes in internal controls that, or that are reasonably likely to, materially affect internal controls over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting that results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

We could suffer a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements if we or our independent registered public accounting firm reports a material weakness in our internal controls, if we do not develop and maintain effective controls and procedures or if we are otherwise unable to deliver timely and reliable financial information. Any loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements or other negative reaction to our failure to develop timely or adequate disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls could result in a decline in the price of our common stock. In addition, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and our stock price may be adversely affected.

18


We do not currently intend to pay dividends to our common stockholders in the foreseeable future.

It is uncertain when, if ever, we will declare dividends to our common stockholders. We do not currently intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends is constrained by our holding company structure under which we are dependent on our subsidiaries for payments. Additionally, we and our subsidiaries are parties to credit agreements which restrict our ability and their ability to pay dividends. See “Item 5—Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” and “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources”.

Compliance with and changes in laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate could have a significant financial impact and affect how and where we conduct our operations.

We have operations in the U.S. and in 2114 other countries. Expected and unexpected changes in the business and legal environments in the countries in which we operate can impact us. Compliance with and changes in laws, regulations and other legal and business issues could impact our ability to manage our costs and to meet our earnings goals. Compliance related matters could also limit our ability to do business in certain countries. Changes that could have a significant cost to us include new legislation, new regulations, or a differing interpretation of existing laws and regulations, changes in tax law or tax rates, the unfavorable resolution of tax assessments or audits by various taxing authorities, changes in trade and other treaties that lead to differing tariffs and trade rules, the expansion of currency exchange controls, export controls or additional restrictions on doing business in countries subject to sanctions in which we operate or intend to operate.  For instance, we have provisionally accounted for changes from the recently enacted U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable.

ITEM  2.PROPERTIES

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

In North America, we operate a hub and spoke model that is centered around our 10six distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada with 127 branch87 service center locations which have inventory and local employees and house 1413 valve and engineering service centers. Our U.S. network is comprised of 102 branch78 service center locations and nine distribution centers. We own our Charleston, WV corporate office and our Nitro, WV and our Houston, TX (Darien Street) distribution centers and lease the remaining sevenfive distribution centers. In Canada, we have 25 branchnine service center locations and we own our one distribution center in Nisku, Alberta, Canada.center. We own less than 10%2% of our branchservice center locations as we primarily lease thethese facilities. All of our distribution centers are leased.

Outside North America, we operate through a network of 50 branch23 service center locations located throughout Europe, Asia, Australasia and the Middle East, and Caspian, including sixseven distribution centers in the United Kingdom, Norway, Singapore, the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates and Australia. Thirteen valve and engineering service centers are housed within our distribution centers and branchservice center locations. We own our Brussels, Belgium location, and the remainder of our locations are leased.

Our Company maintains its principal executive office at 1301 McKinney Street, Suite 2300, Houston, Texas, 77010 and also maintains a corporate officeoffices in Charleston, West Virginia.Virginia and La Porte, Texas. These locations have corporate functions such as executive management, accounting, human resources, legal, marketing, supply chain management, business development and information technology.

ITEM  3.

20

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and involved in legal proceedings incidental to the nature of our businesses. We maintain insurance coverage to reduce financial risk associated with certain of these claims and proceedings. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these claims and proceedings. However, in our opinion, there are no pending legal proceedings that upon resolution are likely to have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Also, from time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, our customers may claim that the products that we distribute are either defective or require repair or replacement under warranties that either we or the manufacturer may provide to the customer. These proceedings are, in the opinion of management, ordinary and routine matters incidental to our normal business. Our purchase orders with our suppliers generally require the manufacturer to indemnify us against any product liability claims, leaving the manufacturer ultimately responsible for these claims. In many cases, state, provincial or foreign law provides protection to distributors for these sorts of claims, shifting the responsibility to the manufacturer. In some cases, we could be required to repair or replace the products for the benefit of our customer and seek our recovery from the manufacturer for our expense. In the opinion of management, the

19


ultimate disposition of these claims and proceedings are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For information regarding asbestos cases in which we are a defendant and other claims and proceedings, see “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Proceedings” and “Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

ITEM  4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.  

20

 

 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The name, age, period of service and the title of each of our executive officers as of February 16, 201814, 2023, are listed below.

 

Andrew R. Lane, Robert J. Saltiel, Jr., age 58,60,has served as our president and chief executive officer (“CEO”) and a member of our board of directors since September 2008.  He has also served as a director of MRC Global Inc. since September 2008 and was chairman of the board from December 2009March 2021. Prior to April 2016. From December 2004 to December 2007,this, he served as executive vice president and chief operating officerCEO of Halliburton Company, where he was responsible for Halliburton’s overall operational performance. PriorKey Energy Services from 2018 to that, he2019 and of Atwood Oceanics from 2009 to 2017. Mr. Saltiel held a varietypositions of increasing leadership roles within Halliburton.in strategy, operations and marketing at Transocean from 2003 to 2009. Mr. LaneSaltiel’s prior experience includes positions at Nabors Industries, Enron Corp., McKinsey & Co. and ExxonMobil. Mr. Saltiel received a B.S. in mechanicalchemical engineering from Southern MethodistPrinceton University in 1981 (cum1985 (magna cum laude). He also completed the Advanced Management Program (“A.M.P.”) at Harvard Business School and an MBA from Northwestern University in 2000.1990.

 

James E. BraunKelly Youngblood, age 58,57, has served as our executive vice president and chief financial officer since March 2020 and executive vice president since November 2011.2019. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. BraunYoungblood served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Newpark Resources, Inc. since 2006. Newpark provides drilling fluidsBJ Services from December 2017 to November 2019 and other productsprior to that was the senior vice president and services to the oil and gas exploration and production industry, both inside and outside of the U.S. Before joining Newpark, Mr. Braun was chief financial officer at Diamond Offshore Drilling, Inc. from 2016 to 2017. He has also held a variety of Baker Oil Tools, onefinance and accounting positions of the largest divisions of Baker Hughes Incorporated, a leading provider of drilling, formation evaluation, completion and production products and services to the worldwide oil and gas industry. From 1998 until 2002, he wasincreasing responsibility at Halliburton, including vice president finance and administration of Baker Petrolite, the oilfield specialty chemical business division of Baker Hughes.  Previously, he served as vice president and controller of Baker Hughes.investor relations. Mr. BraunYoungblood is a CPA and was formerly a partner with Deloitte & Touche. Mr. Braun received a B.A. in accountingAccounting from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.Cameron University.

 

Daniel J. Churay, age 55,60, has served as our executive vice president – corporate affairs, general counsel, and corporate secretary since May 2012. In his current role, Mr. Churay manages the Company’s human resources, legal, risk and compliance, external and government affairs and certain shared services functions. He also acts as corporate secretary to the Company’s board of directors. Prior to May 2012,Board. Mr. Churay servedjoined the Company in August 2011 as executive vice president and general counsel since August 2011 and as our corporate secretary since November 2011. From December 2010 to June 2011, he served as president and CEO ofcounsel. Mr. Churay's prior experience includes positions at Rex Energy, Yellow Corporation, an independent oilBaker Hughes and gas company. From September 2002 to December 2010, Mr. Churay served as executive vice president, general counsel and secretary of YRC Worldwide Inc., a transportation and logistics company.Norton Rose Fulbright. Mr. Churay received a bachelor’s degree in economics from the University of Texas and a juris doctorate from the University of Houston Law Center, where he was a member of the Law Review.Center.

 

Steinar AaslandGrant Bates, age 52,51, is our senior vice president of internationalNorth America operations and e-commerce since August 2015.  Prior toJuly 2021. Before that role, he served as our senior vice president – Europe since April 2014.  Before that, he was the CEO of Stream AS, which was acquired by MRC Global in 2014, and was responsible for all business activities of its three subsidiaries, Teamtrade, Solberg & Andersen and Energy Piping.  Mr. Aasland has more than 20 years of executive management experience in the PVF industry.  Mr. Aasland currently serves as the Chairman of the Board for the Stavanger Chamber of Commerce.  He is a mechanical engineer and holds a masters degree in strategy and management from BI Norwegian Business School.

Grant Bates, age 46,  is our senior vice president of strategy, corporate development and e-commerce since April 2020. Prior to that he served as senior vice president of operations, International and Canada, and operational excellenceexcellence. Prior to January 2019, Mr. Bates was our senior vice president and chief information officer since April 2016. In this role, he is responsible for our global quality, safety, health and environment (QHSE) and our transportation, warehouse operations, business processes and customer implementation teams and information systems. Mr. Bates previously led our Canada region since March 2014 and prior to that served as regional vice presidentin various roles with the Company and one of the Australasian region since March 2012. Mr. Bates joined MRC Global in March 2012 through the acquisition of OneSteel Piping Systems. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Bates served as the National Manager of OneSteel Piping Systems. He has more than a decade of experience in manufacturing and distribution in a variety of management roles, including several years as a business analyst and consulting engineer.its predecessors. Mr. Bates holds a B.E. in mechanical engineering from the University of Newcastle, a graduate diploma in management and a masterMaster of business administrationBusiness Administration from Deakin University.

 

John L. BowhayShweta Kurvey-Mishra, age 52, is43, serves as our senior vice president – supply chain management, valve and technical product saleschief human resources officer since August 2015.  He previously served as seniorJanuary 2023. Prior to joining MRC Global, Ms. Kurvey-Mishra was the vice president of Asia Pacific- organization and Middle East operations since August 2014.  Before that, Mr. Bowhaytalent development at Waste Management, an environmental services company. Prior to this she served as vice president of European operations since August 2013.  Priorhuman resources of Silver Eagle Distributors from 2017 to this role, Mr. Bowhay served as the managing director for our United Kingdom operations and prior to that role, he was the vice president of sales in the U.K.  He brings more than 31 years of industry experience and valve expertise to the MRC Global team.  Mr. Bowhay attended the London Business School.

G. Tod Moss, age 56, is our2019. Ms. Kurvey-Mishra previously held various senior vice president of U.S. Western Region and Canada operations since April 2016. Since 2001, Mr. Moss has held multiple operational leadership positions at our Company. He has been involved in opening and expanding many of our service locations in the Rockies, Alaska and North Dakota, as well as our Cheyenne, Tulsa, Odessa and Bakersfield regional distribution centers. Prior to these roles, Mr. Moss was the branch manager in Salt Lake City, Utah from 1993 – 2001, and served as assistant product manager of tubular products from 1991-1993. His early career included various fieldmanagement positions including inside sales, outside salesdirector of diversity and responsibility for coordinating the line pipe sales and inventory levelinclusion at Illinois Tool Works. She holds a bachelor's degree in the Western U.S.  Mr. Moss began with Vinson Supply in 1984, which was later acquired by Red Man Pipe & Supply (a predecessor to the Company). Over the course of his

21


career, he has been involved in integrating the key acquisitions of Wesco Equipment, Dresser Oil Tools and Chaparral Supply. Mr. Moss attendedCommerce (Business) from the University of Utah.Mumbai in India and earned her Masters in Organizational Communication and Masters in Human Resources and Labor Relations from Michigan State University.

 

Robert W. Stein,  age 59, isour senior vice president of business development since April 2016. He previously led our downstream and integrated supply teams. Prior to that, Mr. Stein led our U.S. Southwestern region operations. He has been part of MRC Global since 1984 and has served in a variety of roles including regional and branch management, downstream business development, project services and integrated supply. Mr. Stein received a B.B.A. in business management from Sam Houston State University.

Karl W. WittRance Long, age 57, is our senior vice president of U.S. Eastern Region and Gulf Coast operations since April 2016. Prior to that, he served in a variety of roles including seven years as regional vice president of the Eastern region and seven years as regional vice president of the Midwest sub-region as well as warehouse manager, outside sales representative, branch manager and vice president of operations with Joliet Valves, which was acquired by McJunkin Red Man Corporation (a predecessor to the Company) in 2001. Mr. Witt attended South Suburban College in Chicago.

Elton Bond, age 42,54, has served as our senior vice president of sales and chief accounting officermarketing since May 2011.  From September 2009 to May 2011,July 2019. Most recently he served as our vice president business development, midstream pipeline & gas utilities since 2013. Prior to this role, he served as vice president of line pipe and was responsible for all line pipe sales in the US. He joined MRC Global as part of the acquisition of LaBarge Pipe and Steel in 2008. Mr. Long holds a bachelor’s degree in construction from Southern Illinois University Edwardsville.

Jack McCarthy, age 57, has served as our senior vice president of supply chain since July 2020. Most recently, he served as our vice president of supply chain and treasurer.technical sales. Prior to that role, Mr. McCarthy served as vice president of carbon steel pipe, fittings, flanges and VAMI supply chain management where he led our line pipe team since 2011 with responsibilities for our carbon steel fittings and flanges being added in 2016. Prior to joining MRC Global with the acquisition of LaBarge Pipe and Steel in 2008, he held roles in business development, sales and sales management in the industrial distribution industry for 17 years. Mr. McCarthy is a graduate of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and is a former vice president and board member of the National Association of Steel Pipe Distributors.

Emily Shields, age 47, has served as our senior vice president of sustainability and assistant general counsel since June 2022. Most recently, she served as our assistant general counsel and compliance officer. Prior to joining MRC Global in 2013, Ms. Shields practiced litigation at the law firm of Morgan Lewis & Bockius L.L.P. She holds a bachelor's degree in speech communication from Texas A&M University and received her juris doctorate from South Texas College of Law.

Steve Smith, age 55, has served as our senior vice president of international operations since January 2022. Prior to that he served as vice president of financeEurope, Middle East and compliance since December 2008. Before that, Mr. Bond was the director of financeAfrica and compliance since January 2007.  He started his career withhas held multiple sales and operations leadership roles at MRC Global and one of its predecessors.

Gillian Anderson, age 37, has served as the acquisition development manager in April 2006.our vice president and chief accounting officer since July 2021. Prior to joining MRC Global, Mr. Bond was employedthat role, she held various positions with Ernst & Young LLP, from 1997 to 2006, serving in a variety of roles, including audit senior manager of assurance and advisory business services. Mr. Bond received a B.B.A. from Marshall University in 1997.  Hemanager. Ms. Anderson is a member ofCPA and a chartered accountant through the American Institute of Certified PublicChartered Accountants of Scotland. She holds an MA in accountancy and a memberfinance (with honors) from the University of the West Virginia Society of CPAs.

22Aberdeen (Scotland).

 

 

PART II

ITEM  5.MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

MRC Global Inc. common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE’) under the symbol “MRC”. The following table illustrates the high and low sales prices as reported by the NYSE for the two most recent years by quarter: 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2017



 

First Quarter

 

Second Quarter

 

Third Quarter

 

Fourth Quarter

Common stock sale price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

22.26 

 

$

20.77 

 

$

17.57 

 

$

18.51 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Low

 

$

17.04 

 

$

14.78 

 

$

15.30 

 

$

14.01 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

2016



 

First Quarter

 

Second Quarter

 

Third Quarter

 

Fourth Quarter



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

$

15.14 

 

$

15.34 

 

$

16.50 

 

$

22.52 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Low

 

$

8.50 

 

$

12.65 

 

$

11.50 

 

$

13.68 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

As of February 9, 2018,7, 2023, there were 294123 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “MRC”.

Our board of directors has not declared any dividends on common stock during 20172022 or 20162021 and currently has no intention to declare any dividends.dividends on common stock.

The Company’s Global ABL Facility, Term Loan and our 6.5% Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock restrict our ability to declare cash dividends under certain circumstances. Any future dividends declared would be at the discretion of our board of directors and would depend on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, contractual obligations, the terms of our financing agreements at the time a dividend is considered, and other relevant factors.

 

Issuer Purchases of Securities

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A summary of our purchases of MRC Global Inc. common stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 is as follows:



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)

 

Average Price Paid per Share

 

Total number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)

 

Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs

October 1 - October 31

 -

 

$                    -

 

 -

 

$                    100,000,000

November 1 - November 30

1,832,337 

 

$            15.20

 

1,832,337 

 

$                      72,155,809

December 1 - December 31

1,382,603 

 

$            16.07

 

1,381,979 

 

$                      49,949,393



3,214,940 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) We purchased 624 shares in connection with funding employee income tax withholding obligations arising upon the lapse of restrictions on restricted shares. 

(2) We purchased 3,214,316 shares during the period as part of a share repurchase program authorized by the Company's board in October 2017. The plan allows for purchases of common stock up to $100 million and is scheduled to expire in December 2018.



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



23None.

 

 

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock to the S&P 500 Index and the Philadelphia Oil Service Sector Index. The total shareholder return assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2012,2017, in MRC Global Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the Philadelphia Oil Service Sector Index. It also assumes reinvestment of all dividends. The results shown in the graph below are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

m26a-stockperformancegraph.jpg

 

This information shall not be deemed to be ‘‘soliciting material’’ or to be ‘‘filed’’ with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A (17 CFR(17-CFR 240.14a-1-240.14a-104), other than as provided in Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r).

 

 


ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial data presented below have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of MRC Global Inc. that have been prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. This data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this report.  



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Year Ended December 31,



 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013



 

 

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

$

3,646 

 

$

3,041 

 

$

4,529 

 

$

5,933 

 

$

5,231 

Cost of sales

 

 

 

3,064 

 

 

2,573 

 

 

3,743 

 

 

4,915 

 

 

4,276 

Gross profit

 

 

 

582 

 

 

468 

 

 

786 

 

 

1,018 

 

 

955 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

 

536 

 

 

524 

 

 

606 

 

 

716 

 

 

643 

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

462 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Operating income (loss)

 

 

 

46 

 

 

(56)

 

 

(282)

 

 

302 

 

 

312 

Other expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

(31)

 

 

(35)

 

 

(48)

 

 

(62)

 

 

(61)

Other, net

 

 

 

(8)

 

 

 -

 

 

(12)

 

 

(14)

 

 

(14)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(91)

 

 

(342)

 

 

226 

 

 

237 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

 

(43)

 

 

(8)

 

 

(11)

 

 

82 

 

 

85 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

50 

 

 

(83)

 

 

(331)

 

 

144 

 

 

152 

Series A preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

24 

 

 

24 

 

 

13 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

 

$

26 

 

$

(107)

 

$

(344)

 

$

144 

 

$

152 

Earnings (loss) per share amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

$

0.28 

 

$

(1.10)

 

$

(3.38)

 

$

1.41 

 

$

1.50 

Diluted

 

 

$

0.27 

 

$

(1.10)

 

$

(3.38)

 

$

1.40 

 

$

1.48 

Weighted-average shares, basic

 

 

 

94.3 

 

 

97.3 

 

 

102.1 

 

 

102.0 

 

 

101.7 

Weighted-average shares, diluted

 

 

 

95.6 

 

 

97.3 

 

 

102.1 

 

 

102.8 

 

 

102.5 

Dividends (common)

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Reserved.

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Year Ended December 31,



 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

$

48 

 

$

109 

 

$

69 

 

$

25 

 

$

25 

Working capital (1)

 

 

 

756 

 

 

684 

 

 

960 

 

 

1,504 

 

 

1,084 

Total assets

 

 

 

2,340 

 

 

2,164 

 

 

2,497 

 

 

3,869 

 

 

3,327 

Long-term debt (2)

 

 

 

526 

 

 

414 

 

 

519 

 

 

1,447 

 

 

978 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

 

 

355 

 

 

355 

 

 

355 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Stockholders' equity

 

 

 

759 

 

 

763 

 

 

956 

 

 

1,397 

 

 

1,338 
25

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Year Ended December 31,



 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

 

$

(48)

 

$

253 

 

$

690 

 

$

(106)

 

$

324 

Investing activities

 

 

 

(27)

 

 

16 

 

 

(41)

 

 

(362)

 

 

(69)

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(226)

 

 

(599)

 

 

467 

 

 

(265)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(1)Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

(2)Includes current portion of long-term debt.

25


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1A—Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (as well as other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) contain forward-looking statementswithin the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements include those preceded by, followed by or including the words “will,” “expect,” “intended,” “anticipated,” “believe,” “project,” “forecast,” “propose,” “plan,” “estimate,” “enable,” and similar expressions, including, for example, statements about our business strategy, our industry, our future profitability, growth in the industry sectors we serve, our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects and assumptions, and estimates and projections of future activity and trends in the oilenergy, industrial and natural gas utilities industry. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. These statements are based on management’s expectations that involve a number of business risks and uncertainties, any of which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control, including the factors described under “Item 1A -1A. Risk Factors,” that may cause our actual results and performance to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, among other things:

·decreases in capital and other expenditure levels in the industries that we serve;

U.S. and international general economic conditions;

global geopolitical events;

decreases in oil and natural gas prices;

·unexpected supply shortages;

loss of third-party transportation providers;

cost increases by our suppliers and transportation providers;

increases in steel prices, which we may be unable to pass along to our customers which could significantly lower our profit;

our lack of long-term contracts with most of our suppliers;

suppliers’ price reductions of products that we sell, which could cause the value of our inventory to decline;

decreases in steel prices, which could significantly lower our profit;

a decline in demand for certain of the products we distribute if tariffs and duties on these products are imposed or lifted;

holding more inventory than can be sold in a commercial time frame;

significant substitution of renewables and low-carbon fuels for oil and natural gas, industry expenditure levels, which may result from decreased oil and natural gas prices or other factors;impacting demand for our products;

·risks related to adverse weather events or natural disasters;

environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and the interpretation or implementation thereof;

increased usage of alternative fuels, which may negatively affect oil and natural gas industry expenditure levels;

·

U.S. and international general economic conditions;

·

our ability to compete successfully with other companieschanges in our industry;customer and product mix;

·

the risk that manufacturers of the products we distribute will sell a substantial amount of goods directly to end users in the industry sectors we serve;

·failure to operate our business in an efficient or optimized manner;

unexpected supply shortages;our ability to compete successfully with other companies in our industry

·

cost increases by our suppliers;

·

our lack of long-term contracts with mostmany of our suppliers; 

·

suppliers’ price reductions of products that we sell, which could cause the value of our inventory to decline;

·

decreases in steel prices, which could significantly lower our profit;

·

increases in steel prices, which we may be unable to pass along to our customers which could significantly lower our profit;

·

and our lack of long-term contracts with manycustomers that require minimum purchase volumes;

inability to attract and retain our employees or the potential loss of key personnel;

adverse health events, such as a pandemic;

interruption in the proper functioning of our customers and our lack of contracts with customers that require minimum purchase volumes;information systems;

·the occurrence of cybersecurity incidents;

changes in our customer and product mix;

·

risks related to our customers’ creditworthiness;

·

the success of our acquisition strategies;

·

the potential adverse effects associated with integrating acquisitions into our business and whether these acquisitions will yield their intended benefits;

·impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets;

adverse changes in political or economic conditions in the countries in which we operate;

our significant indebtedness;

·

the dependence on our subsidiaries for cash to meet our parent company's obligations;

·

changes in our credit profile;

·potential inability to obtain necessary capital;

a decline in demand for certain of the products we distribute if import restrictions on these products are lifted;

·

environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and the interpretation or implementation thereof;

26


·

the sufficiency of our insurance policies to cover losses, including liabilities arising from litigation;

·

product liability claims against us;

·

pending or future asbestos-related claims against us;

·

the potential loss of key personnel;

·

interruption in the proper functioning of our information systems;

·

the occurrence of cybersecurity incidents;

·

loss of third-party transportation providers;

·

potential inability to obtain necessary capital;

·

risks related to adverse weather events or natural disasters;

·

impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets;

·

adverse changes in political or economic conditions in the countries in which we operate;

·

exposure to U.S. and international laws and regulations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act and otherregulating corruption, limiting imports or exports or imposing economic sanctions programs;sanctions;

·

risks associated with international instability and geopolitical developments;

·

risks relating to ongoing evaluations of internal controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

and

·

our intention not to pay dividends; and

·

risks related to changing laws and regulations.regulations including trade policies and tariffs.

Undue reliance should not be placed on our forward-looking statements. Although forward-looking statements reflect our good faith beliefs, reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise, except to the extent law requires.

Overview

We are the largestleading global industrial distributor based on sales, of pipe, valves, and fittings (“PVF”("PVF") and relatedother infrastructure products and services to thediversified gas utility, energy industry and holdindustrial end-markets. We provide innovative supply chain solutions, technical product expertise and a robust digital platform to customers globally through our leading position in our industry across each of our diversified end-markets including the upstream (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and natural gas), midstream (gathering and transmission of oil and natural gas, natural gas utilities and the storage and distribution of oil and natural gas) and downstream (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical, processing and general industrials) sectors. Our business is segregated into three geographic reportable segments, consisting of our U.S., Canada and International operations. We serve our customers from approximately 300 service locations. following sectors:

gas utilities (storage and distribution of natural gas)
downstream, industrial and energy transition (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, general industrials and energy transition projects)
upstream production (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and gas)
midstream pipeline (gathering, processing and transmission of oil and gas)

We offer a wideover 250,000 SKUs, including an extensive array of PVF, oilfield supply, valve automation and oilfield supplies encompassing a complete line ofmodification, measurement, instrumentation and other general and specialty products from our global network of over 9,000 suppliers. With over 100 years of history, our 2,800 employees serve approximately 12,000 suppliers10,000 customers through 212 service locations including regional distribution centers, service centers, corporate offices and third-party pipe yards, where we often deploy pipe near customer locations.

Our customers use the PVF and other infrastructure products that we supply in mission critical process applications that require us to provide a high degree of product knowledge, technical expertise and comprehensive value-added services to our more than 16,000 customers. We are diversified by geography, the industry sectors we serve and the products we sell. We seek to provide best-in-class service to ourand a one-stop shop for customers by satisfying the most complex, multi-sitemulti- site needs of many of the largest companies in the energy, sectorindustrial and gas utilities sectors as their primary PVF supplier. We believe the critical role we play in our customers’customers' supply chain, together with our extensive product offering,and service offerings, broad global presence, customer-linked scalable information systems and efficient distribution capabilities, serve to solidify our long-standing customer relationships and drive our growth. As a result, we have an average relationship of over 2530 years with our 25 largest customers.

Key Drivers of Our Business

Our

We derive our revenue is predominantly derived from the sale of PVF and other oilfield and industrial supplies to thegas utility, energy sectorand industrial customers globally. Our business is, therefore, dependent upon both the current conditions and future prospects in the energy industrythese industries and, in particular, maintenance and expansionary operating and capital expenditures by our customers in the upstream, midstream and downstream sectorseach of the industry. Long-term growth in spending has been driven by several factors, including demand growth for petroleum and petroleum derived products, underinvestment in global energy infrastructure, growth in shale and unconventional exploration and production (“E&P”) activity, and anticipated strength in the oil, natural gas, refined products and petrochemicalour sectors. The outlook

27


for future oil, natural gas, refined products and petrochemical PVF spending is influenced by numerous factors, including the following:

 

·Gas Utility and Energy Infrastructure Integrity and Modernization. Ongoing maintenance and upgrading of existing energy facilities, pipelines and other infrastructure equipment is a meaningful driver for business across the sectors we serve. This is particularly true for gas utilities, which is currently our largest sector by sales. Activity with customers in this sector is driven by upgrades and replacement of existing infrastructure as well as new residential and commercial development. Continual maintenance of an aging network of pipelines and local distribution networks is a critical requirement for these customers irrespective of broader economic conditions. As a result, this business tends to be more stable over time than our traditional oilfield-dependent businesses and moves independently of commodity prices.

Oil and Natural Gas Prices.Demand and Prices. Sales of PVF and relatedinfrastructure products to the oil and natural gas industry constitute over 90%a significant portion of our sales. As a result, we depend upon the maintenance and capital expenditures of oil and natural gas industry and its ability and willingness to make maintenance and capital expenditurescompanies to explore for, produce and process oil, natural gas and refined products. OilDemand for oil and natural gas, prices, both current and projected along withcommodity prices and the costs necessary to produce oil and gas impact other drivers of our business, includingcustomer capital spending, by customers, additions to and maintenance of pipelines, refinery utilization and petrochemical processing activity. Additionally, as these participants rebalance their capital investment away from traditional, carbon-based energy toward alternative sources, we expect to continue to supply them and enhance our product and service offerings to support their changing requirements, including in areas such as carbon capture utilization and storage, biofuels, offshore wind and hydrogen processing.

·

Economic Conditions. The demand for the products we distribute is dependent on the general economy, the energy sector and other factors.Conditions. Changes in the general economy or in the energy sector (domestically or internationally) can cause demand for fuels, feedstocks and petroleum-derived products to vary, thereby causing demand for the products we distribute to materially change.

·

Manufacturer and Distributor Inventory Levels of PVF and Related Products.Products. Manufacturer and distributor inventory levels of PVF and related products can change significantly from period to period. Increased inventory levels by manufacturers or other distributors can cause an oversupply of PVF and related products in the industry sectors we serve and reduce the prices that we are able to charge for the products we distribute. Reduced prices, in turn, would likely reduce our profitability. Conversely, decreased manufacturer inventory levels may ultimately lead to increased demand for our products and would likelyoften result in increased sales volumesrevenue, higher PVF pricing and overallimproved profitability.

·

Steel Prices, Availability and Supply and Demand.Demand. Fluctuations in steel prices can lead to volatility in the pricing of the products we distribute, especially carbon steel line pipe products, which can influence the buying patterns of our customers. A majority of the products we distribute contain various types of steel. The worldwide supply and demand for these products orand other steel products that we do not supply, impactsimpact the pricing and availability of our products and, ultimately, our sales and operating profitability. Additionally, supply chain disruptions with key manufacturers or in markets in which we source products can impact the availability of inventory we require to support our customers. Furthermore, logistical challenges, including inflation and availability of freight providers and containers for shipping can also significantly impact our profitability and inventory lead-times. These constraints can also present an opportunity, as our supply chain expertise allows us to meet customer expectations when the competition may not.

Recent Trends and Outlook

We have made significant strides in increasing the diversification of our end markets over the last few years, supporting our customers in the gas utilities sector and traditional energy markets along with other industrial end markets and the rapidly evolving energy transition. For the year ended 2022, 68% of our revenue was derived from our gas utility and downstream, industrial and energy transition ("DIET") sectors, with the remainder in the upstream production and midstream pipeline sectors.

Gas Utilities

Our gas utility business continues to be our largest sector, making up 38% of our total company revenue with a 25% increase in revenue compared to 2021. This majority of the work we perform with our gas utility customers are multi-year programs where they continually evaluate, monitor and implement measures to improve their pipeline distribution networks, ensuring the safety and the integrity of their system. As of 2021, which is the most recently available information, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) estimates approximately 37% of the gas distribution main and service line miles are over 40 years old or of unknown origin. This infrastructure requires continuous replacement and maintenance as these gas distribution networks continue to age. We supply many of the replacement products including valves, line pipe, smart meters, risers and other gas products. A large percentage of the line pipe we sell is sold to our gas utilities customers for line replacement and new sections of their distribution network. Additionally, as our gas utility customers connect new homes and businesses to their gas distribution network, the growth in the housing market creates new revenue opportunities for our business to supply the related infrastructure products. While new housing market starts have declined with interest rate increases and rising construction costs, we do not anticipate this to have a significant impact as customers will generally reallocate their budgets toward integrity upgrade projects. The compound annual growth rate since 2010 for this sector is 11% and based on market fundamentals and new market share opportunities, we expect this area of our business to continue to have steady growth. Additionally, this sector has proven historically to be less sensitive to a scenario of economic slowdown due to its reduced dependency on energy demand and commodity prices.

Downstream, Industrial and Energy Transition (DIET)

DIET, our second largest sector, generated 30% of our total company revenue for 2022 and grew 29% from 2021. We continue to expect this sector to deliver strong growth in 2023 driven by increased customer activity levels related to new energy transition related projects, maintenance, repair and operations ("MRO") activities and project turnaround activity in refineries and chemical plants. This business has historically been less volatile than the upstream and midstream pipeline sectors as it is less commodity price dependent. 

The energy transition portion of our business is growing rapidly, particularly for biofuels refinery projects. The outlook for energy transition projects in the coming years is robust as pressure to decarbonize the economy rises and government incentives and policy such as those in the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 begin to support the development of carbon energy alternatives. Also, many of our customers have made commitments to net zero emissions and to demonstrate their commitment to address factors that cause climate change to investors and potential investors and other stakeholders. Our customer base is one of the primary leaders in the energy transition movement and is positioned to lead the effort to decarbonize through nearer-term efforts such as renewable or biodiesel refineries and offshore wind electric generation as well as longer-term efforts such as carbon capture and storage and hydrogen. These sorts of projects require similar products that we currently provide today to these customers. We also sell low-emission valves, which represent 96% of the valves we sell currently. Low-emission valves restrict the release of methane and other greenhouse gases into the environment. We are well positioned to grow our energy transition business as we supply products for these projects through our long-standing customer relationships and our product and global supply chain expertise.

Upstream Production and Midstream Pipeline

The upstream production and midstream pipeline sectors of our business are the most cyclical, and in 2022 these sectors represented about one-third of our company revenues. The upstream production sector revenue increased 30% in 2022 compared to 2021, while the midstream pipeline sector increased 15% over the same period. Initial estimates from sell side equity research analysts currently estimate double-digit growth in upstream spending in 2023. During 2017, the average2022, Brent crude oil price ofaveraged over $100 per barrel and West Texas Intermediate (“WTI”("WTI") increased to $50.80 per barrel compared to  $43.29 per barrel in 2016.  Natural gas prices increased to an average price of  $2.99/Mcf (Henry Hub) for 2017 compared to  $2.52/Mcf (Henry Hub) for 2016.  North American drilling rig activity increased 69% in 2017 compared to 2016.    U.S. well completions were up 41% in 2017 as compared to 2016.

In recent years, there has been an increase in the global supply of crude oil, including the contribution of U.S. shale oil, at a pace exceeding demand growth.  This increase combined with the initial hesitance on the part of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) to curb production triggered a dramatic decline in oil prices that began in late 2014 and continued throughout 2016.  This low price environment, in turn, resulted in a dramatic decline in capital spending by our customers in each of our end market sectors, which directly impacted our business.  Major capital projects and discretionary spending were negatively impacted as customers were reluctant to invest or spend in an uncertain oil and gas commodity price environment.  However, our business rebounded with 20% sales growth in 2017, and we remain encouraged by stability inaveraged approximately $95 per barrel. Although, oil prices and sustainedhave recently declined from earlier highs in 2022, recent OPEC+ production cuts have maintained prices at levels that support continued growth in drilling and completion activity.  Prominentactivity by our customers. Natural gas prices also drive customer activity, and despite recent volatility in various parts of the world, current prices remain elevated compared to previous years. If gas prices further decline or remain sustainably low, this could negatively impact our business.

The consistent expectation from research analysts is that the larger public exploration and production (“E&P”companies will drive a higher percentage of the activity increases in 2023, which bodes well for our Company as our revenue for these sectors is driven predominantly from this customer base. We also expect our larger public customers will remain disciplined and consistent with their commitments to their budgets, maintaining returns to their shareholders and operating within their cash flow requirements.

To the extent completion activity and related production increase, this could have the impact of improving our revenue opportunities in our upstream production and midstream pipeline sectors. Higher production levels are driving the need for additional gathering and processing infrastructure benefitting our midstream pipeline business. Our upstream revenue is more correlated to new well completions rather than rig count.

Russia-Ukraine War

On February 24, 2022, Russia invaded Ukraine, which has had several consequences to the broader economy, global attitudes toward energy security and the pace of the energy transition. Government actions to reduce dependency on Russian fuels through embargoes and sanctions on Russia have spurred a commodity price spike, supply constraints and various policy changes to address energy security. While we have no operations or sales in Ukraine, Belarus or Russia, the conflict has impacted certain macro energy trends.

As Europe looks to replace Russian natural gas with more stable sources, liquified natural gas ("LNG") spending surveys, which include manywith its related infrastructure is being considered as an alternative to Russian gas supplies, with projects being considered in the U.S. and Europe. To the extent new LNG infrastructure is built, our midstream pipeline and our DIET sectors are well positioned to benefit from this growth.

Supply Chain and Labor

As a distribution business, we have closely monitored the ability of our suppliers and transportation providers to continue the functioning of our supply chain, particularly in cases where there are limited alternative sources of supply. Lead-times for purchases of certain products have extended substantially. We expect continued disruptions related to both lead-times and logistics for the foreseeable future. This disruption has complicated forecasting our inventory levels, however, our strong inventory positions have allowed us to continue to supply most customers indicate that 2018 spending willwith little interruption despite the delays from transportation providers. In those instances where there is interruption, we work with our customers to limit the impacts on their business and maintain an ongoing dialogue regarding the status of impacted orders. We experienced significant increases in transportation costs from prior year as the economies of the U.S. and other countries recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, although more recently, transportation costs have declined.

We continued to experience inflation this year for certain product categories. Although inflation causes the price we pay for products to increase, bywe are generally able to leverage long-standing relationships with our suppliers and the high single digits globally including double digit growth in North America combined with more modest growth internationally.volume of our purchases to achieve market competitive pricing and preferential allocations of limited supplies. In addition, our contracts with customers generally allow us to pass price increases along to customers within a more favorable regulatory environmentreasonable time after they occur. To the extent further pricing fluctuations impact our products, the impact on our revenue and cost of goods sold, which for our U.S. inventory is determined using the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") inventory costing methodology, remains subject to uncertainty and volatility. However, our supply chain expertise, relationships with our key suppliers and inventory position has allowed us to manage the supply chain for both inflationary and deflationary pressures.

There has been little impact to our supply chain directly from the conflict in 2017 as a resultUkraine. However, the COVID-19 lockdowns in China constrained the global supply chain and impacted the availability of some component parts, particularly for valves and meters. China has lifted these lockdowns but is experiencing an increased outbreak of the new Presidential administrationdisease. We continue to monitor our supply chains for supply interruptions and work with our customers to manage any delays or source replacement parts.

Globally, we are being impacted by labor constraints as the post-pandemic recovery has lowered unemployment rates and created increased competition among companies to attract and retain personnel, which has increased our selling, general and administrative expense. We proactively monitor market trends in the areas where we have operations and, due to our efficient sourcing practices, we have experienced little to no disruption supporting our customers.

Longer Term Outlook

In 2021, the U.S. President implemented executive orders for the U.S. to rejoin the Paris Agreement, which presumably will require the U.S. to set greenhouse gas reduction goals and enact policies to meet those goals. In November 2022, Congress passed, and the President signed into law, the Inflation Reduction Act (the "IRA"), which further encourages investments in energy alternatives to fossil fuels. The IRA provides funding and incentives to dramatically increase investments in alternative energy including wind, solar, hydrogen and other alternatives to fossil fuels and to support carbon capture, utilization and storage ("CCUS") projects. The IRA also has provisions that further support the EPA's efforts to curtail emissions of methane, a potent greenhouse gas, from oil and gas operations. While these policies are aimed at increasing decarbonization efforts in the United States, has benefitedthey do not directly inhibit the operations of our business, particularlyoil and gas customers. Many of MRC Global's customers are leading projects for the energy transition from carbon-based energy to alternative forms of energy, and we are positioned to supply our PVF products to projects in the midstream sector.  Andenergy transition such as biofuels, offshore wind, CCUS and hydrogen. In addition, MRC Global sells products, including low-emission valves that directly support our domestic downstream sector has benefitted from the improved access tocustomers' methane reduction efforts and stability in pricing of the necessary feedstocks available from increased, and in some cases, new upstream production.  We expect these favorable business trends to continue into 2018.requirements.

 

Our international segment has seen customer spending continue to decline, even asWe play a critical role in supporting our customers and the energy industry during the energy transition and throughout the cycles. The U.S. Energy Information Administration's ("EIA") Reference Case published in its "International Energy Outlook 2021" that world energy consumption will increase by nearly 50% between 2020 and 2050. Additionally, the EIA projects that renewable energy consumption will grow by 165% and that both natural gas and hydrocarbon based liquids consumption will both grow more than 30% between 2020 and 2050.

In 2022, the EIA published a Reference Case for the U.S. in its "Annual Energy Outlook 2022". In this reference case, the EIA projects that U.S. production of oil will grow by 17% from 2021 to 2050 and Canadian segment sales have increased from improved spendingU.S. natural gas production will grow by almost 24% in the same period. This projected increase in oil and gas to meet the rise in energy demand continues to provide a robust market for our existing goods and services. Additionally, we expect our longer term growth to be heavily influenced by the rising demand for energy transition projects. Our existing traditional energy customer base in 2017. We took actions in 2016 to reduce our international footprint and cost structure and yet we have been unable to return to profitability.  As such, we took further action in the fourth quarter of 2017 to reduce our headcount and cost structure in the international segment, particularly in Norway. As a result of these actions in the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded $20 million of charges, including $14 million of severance and restructuring costs and a $6million write-down of inventory associated with  a decision to reduce our local presence in Iraq.  

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was enacted.  Among the significant changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, the Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 and created a new dividend-exemption territorial system with a one-time transition tax on foreign earnings which were previously not taxed in the U.S.  The Tax Act also imposes a new base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) and global intangible low-taxed income ("GILTI") tax, and places new or additional limitations on the deductibility of executive compensation and interest expense.  As a result of this enacted change in tax laws, we recorded a provisional net tax benefit of $50 million in the fourth quarter of 2017.  The

28


provisional tax benefit of $50 million includes a $57 million non-cash benefit related to the re-measurement of deferred income taxes offset by a $7 million transition tax expense which will be paid over a period of eight years.  We are still analyzing the full impact of the Tax Act and any refinements of our estimates will be reflected in income tax expense or benefit in 2018.  In addition, the reduction of the U.S. corporate tax rate is expected to lowerreallocate increasing amounts of their future capital expenditures to fund many of these projects. We are well positioned for this future growth given our overall effective tax rate on a go forward basis.strong customer relationships and previous energy transition project experience. 

Backlog

We determine backlog by the amount of unshipped customer orders, either specific or general in nature, which the customer may revise or cancel in certain instances. The table below details our backlog by segment (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015*

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

U.S.

$

559 

 

$

472 

 

$

305  $539  $350  $193 

Canada

 

40 

 

 

36 

 

 

34  45  35  13 

International

 

233 

 

 

241 

 

 

161   158   135   134 

$

832 

 

$

749 

 

$

500  $742  $520  $340 

*Amount excludes U.S. OCTG backlog $42 million for 2015.  We disposed of our U.S. OCTG product line in February 2016.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, approximately 14% and 28% of our ending backlog was associated with one customer in our U.S segment.  In addition, approximately 14% and 10% of our ending backlog for 2017 and 2016, respectively was associated with one customer in our International segment. In each case, these are related to significant ongoing customer projects.  There can be no assurance that the backlog amounts will ultimately be realized as revenue or that we will earn a profit on the backlog of orders, but we expect that substantially all of the sales in our backlog will be realized in 2018.within twelve months.

Key Industry Indicators

The following table showssets forth key industry indicators for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015:  



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31,

 



 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Average Rig Count (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

876 

 

 

509 

 

 

978 

 

Canada

 

206 

 

 

130 

 

 

192 

 

Total North America

 

1,082 

 

 

639 

 

 

1,170 

 

International

 

948 

 

 

955 

 

 

1,167 

 

Total Worldwide

 

2,030 

 

 

1,594 

 

 

2,337 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Commodity Prices (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WTI crude oil (per barrel)

$

50.80 

 

$

43.29 

 

$

48.66 

 

Brent crude oil (per barrel)

$

54.12 

 

$

43.67 

 

$

52.32 

 

Natural gas ($/Mcf)

$

2.99 

 

$

2.52 

 

$

2.62 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Monthly U.S. Well Permits (3)

 

3,741 

 

 

2,360 

 

 

3,783 

 

U.S. Wells Completed (2)

 

11,257 

 

 

8,000 

 

 

13,026 

 

3:2:1 Crack Spread (4)

$

17.87 

 

$

15.07 

 

$

20.12 

 

_______________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Source-Baker Hughes (www.bakerhughes.com) (Total rig count includes oil, natural gas and other rigs.)

(2) Source-Department of Energy, EIA (www.eia.gov)  

 

 

 

 

(3) Source-Rig Data (U.S.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4) Source-Bloomberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

292020:

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Average Rig Count (1):

            

United States

  723   478   433 

Canada

  175   132   89 

Total North America

  898   610   522 

International

  851   755   825 

Total Worldwide

  1,749   1,365   1,347 
             

Average Commodity Prices (2):

            

WTI crude oil (per barrel)

 $94.90  $68.14  $39.16 

Brent crude oil (per barrel)

 $100.93  $70.86  $41.96 

Henry Hub natural gas ($/MMBtu)

 $6.45  $3.89  $2.03 
             

Average Monthly U.S. Well Permits (3)

  3,320   2,220   1,614 

U.S. Wells Completed (2)

  11,451   9,370   7,479 

3:2:1 Crack Spread (4)

 $36.79  $19.42  $11.29 


(1)

Source-Baker Hughes (www.bakerhughes.com) (Total rig count includes oil, natural gas and other rigs.)

(2)

Source-Department of Energy, EIA (www.eia.gov) (As revised)

(3)

Source-Evercore ISI Research

(4)

Source-Bloomberg

 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020

 

The breakdown of our sales by sector for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 was as follows (in millions):

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Gas utilities

 $1,263   38% $1,008   38% $832   33%

Downstream, industrial & energy transition

  1,009   30%  783   29% $786   31%

Upstream production

  707   21%  542   20%  600   23%

Midstream pipeline

  384   11%  333   13%  342   13%
  $3,363   100% $2,666   100% $2,560   100%



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,



2017

 

2016

 

2015

Upstream

$

1,049 

 

29% 

 

$

884 

 

29% 

 

$

1,729 

 

38% 

Midstream

 

1,603 

 

44% 

 

 

1,165 

 

38% 

 

 

1,485 

 

33% 

Downstream

 

994 

 

27% 

 

 

992 

 

33% 

 

 

1,315 

 

29% 



$

3,646 

 

100% 

 

$

3,041 

 

100% 

 

$

4,529 

 

100% 

 

Year Ended December 31, 20172022 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 20162021

 

For the years ended December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, the following table summarizes our results of operations (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

       

2017

 

2016

 

$ Change

 

% Change

 

2022

  

2021

  

$ Change

  

% Change

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

U.S.

$

2,860 

 

$

2,297 

 

$

563 

 

25%  $2,823  $2,178  $645  30%

Canada

 

294 

 

 

243 

 

 

51 

 

21%  166  132  34  26%

International

 

492 

 

 

501 

 

 

(9)

 

(2%)  374   356   18  5%

Consolidated

$

3,646 

 

$

3,041 

 

$

605 

 

20%  $3,363  $2,666  $697  26%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        

U.S.

$

67 

 

$

 

$

61 

 

 

 $127 $(3) $130 N/M 

Canada

 

11 

 

 

(5)

 

 

16 

 

 

 (1)   (1) N/M 

International

 

(32)

 

 

(57)

 

 

25 

 

 

  14   10   4  40%

Consolidated

 

46 

 

 

(56)

 

 

102 

 

 

 140 7 133 N/M 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(31)

 

 

(35)

 

 

 

 

 (24) (23) (1) 4%

Other expense

 

(8)

 

 

 -

 

 

(8)

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

43 

 

 

 

 

35 

 

 

Other, net

 (6) 2 (8) N/M 

Income tax expense

  (35)     (35) N/M 

Net income (loss)

 

50 

 

 

(83)

 

 

133 

 

 

 75 (14) 89 N/M 

Series A preferred stock dividends

 

24 

 

 

24 

 

 

 -

 

 

  24   24     0%

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

$

26 

 

$

(107)

 

$

133 

 

 

 $51 $(38) $89 N/M 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

$

582 

 

$

468 

 

$

114 

 

 

 $610  $417  $193  46%

Adjusted Gross Profit (1)

$

677 

 

$

523 

 

$

154 

 

 

 $715  $537  $178  33%

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

$

179 

 

$

75 

 

$

104 

 

 

 $261  $146  $115  79%

(1)

Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation of these measures to an equivalent GAAP measure, see pages 33-35 herein.

 

(1)Adjusted Gross ProfitSales. Sales reflect consideration we are entitled to for goods and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliationservices when control of these measuresthose goods and services is transferred to an equivalent GAAP measure, see pages 31-33 herein.

Sales. Sales include the revenue recognized from the sales of the products we distribute, services we provide and freight billings to customers, less cash discounts taken by customers in return for their early payment.our customers. Our sales were $3,646$3,363 million for the year ended December 31, 20172022, as compared to $3,041$2,666 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.2021. The $605$697 million, or 20%26%, increase reflected an $11included a $47 million favorableunfavorable impact from the strengtheningweakening of foreign currencies in areas where we operate comparedrelative to the U.S. dollar.

U.S. Segment—Our U.S. sales increased $563 million to $2,860$2,823 million for 20172022 from $2,297$2,178 million for 2016.2021. This 25%$645 million, or 30%, increase reflected a $152$252 million improvement in the gas utilities sector driven by increased activity levels related to our customer safety related modernization and emission reduction programs in conjunction with continued infrastructure improvement projects. DIET sales increased $198 million due to increased renewable biofuel projects and additional turnaround projects and maintenance spending for refining, mining and chemical customers. Upstream production sales increased $137 million primarily due to increased customer spending for well completions. Midstream pipeline sales improved $58 million driven by new gathering and processing infrastructure as a result of increased production levels.

Canadian Segment—Our Canadian sales increased $34 million to $166 million for 2022 from $132 million for 2021. This 26% increase reflected a $29 million increase in the upstream production sector, a $400$5 million increase in the midstreamDIET sector, and an $11a $2 million increase in the downstream sector.  The increasegas utilities, and a $2 million decrease in the midstream sector is related to increased activity in the gas utility and transmission and gathering subsectors, including some large project activity with several of our customers.pipeline sector. The increase in the upstream sector is relatedwas primarily due to the increase in rig count and well completions.

30


Canadian Segment—Our Canadian sales increased $51 million to $294 million for 2017 from $243 million for 2016.  This 21%increase reflected a $59 million increase in the upstream business as a resultcapital budgets of our customers. The weakening of the increase in rig count and well completions.  Approximately $6 million, or 12%, of the total increase was a result of the stronger Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar.dollar unfavorably impacted sales by $6 million, or 4%.

International Segment—Our International sales decreased $9increased $18 million to $492$374 million for 20172022 from $501$356 million for 2016.  This 2% decrease was due to a $58 million decline related to one2021. The 5% increase is primarily driven by the DIET sector. In addition, the weakening of our project customers in Norway offset by a $50 million increase in the midstream sector related to an Australian line pipe sale. The strengthening in the foreign currencies in areas where we operate outside ofrelative to the U.S. dollar increasedunfavorably impacted sales by $5$41 million, or 1%11%.

Gross Profit. Our gross profit was $582$610 million (16.0%(18.1% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 20172022, as compared to $468$417 million (15.4%(15.6% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2016.2021. The $114$193 million increase was primarily attributable to increased sales and the increase in sales volumes.  In addition, gross profit for 2017 and 2016 was negatively impacted by $6 million and $45 million, respectively, of inventory-related charges to reduce the carrying value of certain excess and obsolete inventory items to their realizable value. Gross profit for 2017 was also negatively impacted by higher product costs reflectedinflationary impact on our products, especially in our last-in, first-out (“LIFO”)line pipe products driving higher gross margins. As compared to average cost, our LIFO inventory costing methodology.  LIFO resultedmethodology increased cost of sales by $66 million in an2022 compared to a $77 million increase in cost of sales of $28 million in 2017 compared to a  reduction of cost of sales of $14 million in 2016.  Excluding the impact of LIFO and the inventory-related charges, gross profit percentage improved 50 basis points as a result of sales mix changes. 2021.

Certain purchasing costs and warehousing activities (including receiving, inspection, and stocking costs), as well as general warehousing expenses, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and not in cost of sales. As such, our gross profit may not be comparable to others who may include these expenses as a component of costs of goods sold. Purchasing and warehousing activities costs approximated $29 million and $30 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

Adjusted Gross Profit. Adjusted Gross Profit increased to $677$715 million (18.6%(21.3% of sales) for 20172022 from $523$537 million (17.2%(20.1% of sales) for 2016,2021, an increase of $154$178 million. Adjusted Gross Profit for 2017The increase was primarily due to improved margins on our line pipe, gas product and 2016, respectively, included the impact of the $6 millionvalves, automation, measurement and $45 million of inventory-related charges discussed above.instrumentation sales. Adjusted Gross Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted Gross Profit as sales, less cost of sales, plus depreciation and amortization, plus amortization of intangibles, plus inventory-related charges incremental to normal operations and plus or minus the impact of our LIFO inventory costing methodology. We present Adjusted Gross Profit because we believe it is a useful indicator of our operating performance without regard to items, such as amortization of intangibles that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon the nature and extent of acquisitions. Similarly, the impact of the LIFO inventory costing method can cause results to vary substantially from company to company depending upon whether they elect to utilize LIFO and depending upon which method they may elect. We use Adjusted Gross Profit as a key performance indicator in managing our business. We believe that gross profit is the financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that is most directly comparable to Adjusted Gross Profit.

The following table reconciles Adjusted Gross Profit, a non-GAAP financial measure, with our gross profit, as derived from our consolidated financial statements, with Adjusted Gross Profit, a non-GAAP financial measure (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

Percentage

 

 

 

Percentage

    

Percentage

    

Percentage

 

2017

 

of Revenue

 

2016

 

of Revenue

 

2022

  

of Revenue*

  

2021

  

of Revenue

 

Gross profit, as reported

$

582 

 

16.0% 

 

$

468 

 

15.4%  $610  18.1% $417  15.6%

Depreciation and amortization

 

22 

 

0.6% 

 

22 

 

0.7%  18  0.5% 19  0.7%

Amortization of intangibles

 

45 

 

1.2% 

 

47 

 

1.6%  21  0.6% 24  0.9%

Increase (decrease) in LIFO reserve

 

28 

 

0.8% 

 

 

(14)

 

(0.5%)

Increase in LIFO reserve

  66   2.0%  77   2.9%

Adjusted Gross Profit

$

677 

 

18.6% 

 

$

523 

 

17.2%  $715   21.3% $537   20.1%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*Does not foot due to rounding

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses. Costs such as salaries, wages, employee benefits, rent, utilities, communications, insurance, fuel and taxes (other than state and federal income taxes) that are necessary to operate our branchservice center and corporate operations are included in SG&A. Also contained in this category are certain items that are non-operational in nature, including certain costs of acquiring and integrating other businesses. Our SG&A expenses were $536$470 million (14.7%(14.0% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 20172022, as compared to $524$410 million (17.2%(15.4% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2016.2021. The $60 million increase in SG&A for 2017 and 2016 included $14 million and $20 million, respectively, of severance and restructuring chargeswas driven by higher employee-related costs resulting from cost reduction efforts.an overall improvement in business activity, as well as hiring additional resources to support the growth in our business. The weakening of foreign currencies in areas where we operate relative to the U.S. dollar favorably impacted SG&A for 2017 also included $20 million of expense related to the implementation of a new information technology system in the international segment as compared to $15 million of expense in 2016.  Excluding these amounts, SG&A increased $13 million which was attributable to volume-related increases.

31by $9 million.

 


Operating Income (Loss). Operating income was $46$140 million for the year ended December 31, 2017,2022, as compared to  $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $133 million.

U.S. Segment—Our U.S. segment had an operating income of $127 million for 2022 as compared to an operating loss of $56$3 million for 2021. The $130 million improvement was attributable to higher revenues and improved gross profit percentage due to product mix. 

Canadian Segment—Our Canadian segment had an operating loss of $1 million for 2022 as compared to an operating loss of $0 million for 2021.

International Segment—Our International segment had operating income of $14 million for 2022 as compared to operating income of $10 million in 2021. The $4 million improvement in operating income was primarily attributable to higher revenues. 

Interest Expense. Our interest expense was $24 million for the year ended December 31, 2016,  an improvement of $102 million.

U.S. Segment—Our U.S. segment had operating income of $67 million for 20172022, as compared to an operating income of $6million for 2016.  The $61 million improvement was primarily driven by higher sales.  Severance costs included in operating expenses were $6 million for 2016.  No such expenses were incurred in 2017. In addition, in 2016, we recorded $16 million of inventory-related charges to reduce the carrying value of certain obsolete and excess inventory items to their net realizable value.

Canadian Segment—Our Canadian segment had operating income of  $11 million for 2017 as compared to an operating loss of  $5million for 2016. The $16 million improvement was primarily a result of higher sales volume.  In addition, in 2016 severance and restructuring expenses and inventory-related charges negatively impacted operating income by $6million.

International Segment—Our International segment incurred an operating loss of $32 million for 2017 as compared to $57 million in 2016.  We recorded $6 million and $24 million of inventory-related charges to reduce the carrying value of certain obsolete and excess inventory items to their net realizable value in 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Severance costs included in operating expenses were $14 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The improvement of $25 million was primarily due to these prior year charges combined with lower SG&A attributable to 2016 cost reduction measures including headcount reductions and associated severance costs. 

Interest Expense. Our interest expense was $31$23 million for the year ended December 31, 20172021.

Other, net. Our other expense was $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to income of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in other expense was primarily related to unfavorable foreign exchange rate impacts.

Income Tax Expense. Our income tax expense was $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.  The decrease can be attributed2022, as compared to lower average debt levels in 2017.

Other Expense.Our otheran expense increased to  $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 fromof $0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.  In 2017, other expense included an $8 million charge2021. Our effective tax rates were 32% and 0% for the write off of debt issuance costs associated with the refinancing of our Term Loan and Global ABL Facility.

Income Tax Benefit. Our income tax benefit was $43 million for the yearyears ended December 31, 2017, as compared to benefit2022 and 2021, respectively. Our rates generally differ from the U.S. federal statutory rates of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. In the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded a provisional net tax benefit of $50 million associated with the passage of the Tax Act. Excluding the impact of the Tax Act and $20 million of severance and restructuring and inventory related charges within our International segment, for which there was very little tax benefit, our effective tax rate would have been 26%.  The 2016 effective tax rate of 9%  was lower than our customary effective tax rate21% as a result of the mix of pre-taxstate income taxes, non-deductible expenses and differing foreign income tax rates. The effective tax rate for 2022 was higher primarily due to unbenefited losses in all segments, including an increase in the relative significance of pre-tax losses inand taxes on foreign jurisdictions where the losses have no corresponding tax benefitoperations.

Net Income Income/(Loss). Our net income was $50 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to net loss of $83 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an improvement of $133 million, reflecting improved income before taxes and the provisional tax benefit of $50 million associated with the Tax Act. 

Adjusted EBITDA.  Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, was $179 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to $75 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.2022, as compared to net loss of $14 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $89 million due to higher revenues and improved margins.

Adjusted EBITDA.  Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, was $261 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to $146 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our Adjusted EBITDA increased $104$115 million over that period primarily as a result ofdue to the factors noted above.increase in sales and effective cost management.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, amortization of intangibles and certain other expenses, including non-cash expenses (suchsuch as equity-based compensation, severance and restructuring, changes in the fair value of derivative instruments, andlong-lived asset impairments including inventory)(including goodwill and intangible assets), inventory-related charges incremental to normal operations and plus or minus the impact of our LIFO inventory costing methodology.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides investors a helpful measure for comparing our operating performance with the performance of other companies that may have different financing and capital structures or tax rates. We believe that net income is the financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that is most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA.  

32


The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, with our net income (loss), as derived from our consolidated financial statements (in millions):



 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,



2017

 

2016

Net income (loss)

$

50 

 

$

(83)

Income tax benefit

 

(43)

 

 

(8)

Interest expense

 

31 

 

 

35 

Depreciation and amortization

 

22 

 

 

22 

Amortization of intangibles

 

45 

 

 

47 

Increase (decrease) in LIFO reserve

 

28 

 

 

(14)

Inventory-related charges

 

 

 

40 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

16 

 

 

12 

Severance and restructuring charges

 

14 

 

 

20 

Foreign currency (gains) losses

 

(2)

 

 

Write off of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

Litigation matter

 

 

 

 -

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

 

(1)

Adjusted EBITDA

$

179 

 

$

75 

33


Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 the following table summarizes our results of operations (in millions):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 



2016

 

2015

 

$ Change

 

% Change

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

$

2,297 

 

$

3,572 

 

$

(1,275)

 

(36%)

Canada

 

243 

 

 

333 

 

 

(90)

 

(27%)

International

 

501 

 

 

624 

 

 

(123)

 

(20%)

Consolidated

$

3,041 

 

$

4,529 

 

$

(1,488)

 

(33%)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

$

 

$

(47)

 

$

53 

 

 

Canada

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

(14)

 

 

International

 

(57)

 

 

(244)

 

 

187 

 

 

Consolidated

 

(56)

 

 

(282)

 

 

226 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(35)

 

 

(48)

 

 

13 

 

 

Other expense

 

 -

 

 

(12)

 

 

12 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

 

11 

 

 

(3)

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

(83)

 

 

(331)

 

 

248 

 

 

Series A preferred stock dividends

 

24 

 

 

13 

 

 

11 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

$

(107)

 

$

(344)

 

$

237 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

$

468 

 

$

786 

 

$

(318)

 

 

Adjusted Gross Profit (1)

$

523 

 

$

814 

 

$

(291)

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

$

75 

 

$

235 

 

$

(160)

 

 

(1)Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation of these measures to an equivalent GAAP measure, see pages 35-37 herein.

Sales. Our sales were $3,041 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $4,529 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The $1,488 million decrease reflected a $24 million impact of the decline in foreign currencies in areas where we operate compared to the U.S. dollar.

U.S. Segment—Our U.S. sales decreased $1,275 million to $2,297 million for 2016 from $3,572 million for 2015. This 36% decrease reflected a $698 million decrease in the upstream sector, a $329 million decrease in the midstream sector and a $248 million decrease in the downstream sector.  The decline in the upstream sector included a $287 million impact from the disposition of our U.S. OCTG product line. The remaining decrease in sales in 2016 as compared 2015 was caused by decreased customer spending for both maintenance, repair and operations (“MRO”) and projects, driven by the sustained low oil and natural gas prices and the resulting decline in rig count.

Canadian Segment—Our Canadian sales decreased $90 million to $243 million for 2016 from $333 million for 2015. This 27% decrease reflected a $79 million decrease in the upstream business also due to a decrease in customer spending. Approximately $10million, or 11%, of the total decline was a result of the weaker Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar.

International Segment—Our International sales decreased $123 million to $501 million for 2016 from $624 million for 2015. This $123 million, or 20%, decrease reflected the combined impact of lower project activity and deferral of MRO expenditures particularly in Norway, Australia, the Netherlands, the U.K., and Singapore.  The impact of the decline in the foreign currencies in areas where we operate outside of the U.S. dollar accounted for $14 million, or 11%, of the total decline.

Gross Profit. Our gross profit was $468 million (15.4% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $786 million (17.4% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2015. The $318 million decrease was primarily attributable to the reduction in sales volumes.  In addition, gross profit for 2016 was negatively impacted by $45 million of inventory-related charges to reduce the carrying value of certain excess and obsolete inventory items to their realizable value. Gross profit for 2016 benefited modestly from

34


lower product costs reflected in our LIFO inventory costing methodology.  LIFO resulted in a reduction of cost of sales of $14 million and $53 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Excluding the impact of LIFO and the inventory-related charges, gross profit percentage improved 20 basis points as a result of sales mix changes including the elimination of our lower margin OCTG product line.

Certain purchasing costs and warehousing activities (including receiving, inspection, and stocking costs), as well as general warehousing expenses, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and not in cost of sales. As such, our gross profit may not be comparable to others who may include these expenses as a component of costs of goods sold. Purchasing and warehousing activities costs approximated $30 million and $37 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Adjusted Gross Profit. Adjusted Gross Profit decreased to $523 million (17.2% of sales) for 2016 from $814 million (18.0% of sales) for 2015, a decrease of $291 million. Adjusted Gross Profit for 2016 included the impact of the $45 million of inventory-related charges discussed above.  Adjusted Gross Profit is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted Gross Profit as sales, less cost of sales, plus depreciation and amortization, plus amortization of intangibles, and plus or minus the impact of our LIFO inventory costing methodology. We present Adjusted Gross Profit because we believe it is a useful indicator of our operating performance without regard to items, such as amortization of intangibles, thatwhich can vary substantially from company to company depending upon the nature and extent of acquisitions. Similarly, the impact of the LIFO inventory costing method can cause results to vary substantially from company to company depending upon whether they elect to utilize LIFO and depending upon which method they may elect. We use Adjusted Gross ProfitEBITDA as a key performance indicator in managing our business. We believe that gross profit is the financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that is most directly comparable to Adjusted Gross Profit.

The following table reconciles Adjusted Gross Profit, a non-GAAP financial measure, with our gross profit, as derived from our consolidated financial statements (in millions):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,



 

 

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

Percentage



2016

 

of Revenue

 

2015

 

of Revenue

Gross profit, as reported

$

468 

 

15.4% 

 

$

786 

 

17.4% 

Depreciation and amortization

 

22 

 

0.7% 

 

 

21 

 

0.5% 

Amortization of intangibles

 

47 

 

1.6% 

 

 

60 

 

1.3% 

Decrease in LIFO reserve

 

(14)

 

(0.5%)

 

 

(53)

 

(1.2%)

Adjusted Gross Profit

$

523 

 

17.2% 

 

$

814 

 

18.0% 

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses.  Our SG&A expenses were $524 million (17.2% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $606 million (13.4% of sales) for the year ended December 31, 2015.  SG&A for 2016 and 2015 included $20 million and $14 million, respectively, of severance and restructuring charges resulting from cost reduction efforts.  SG&A for 2016 also included $15 million of expense related to the implementation of a new information technology system in the international segment as compared to $9 million of expense in 2015.  The full year 2016 reflected a $6 million favorable impact from foreign exchange rates compared to the full year of 2015.  Excluding these amounts, SG&A decreased $88 million which was attributable to volume-related declines and the cost reduction efforts we have made.

Goodwill and Intangibles Asset Impairment.In December 2015, because of the continued decline in commodity prices and activity levels, we performed an assessment of current market conditions and our future long-term expectations of oil and gas markets and concluded it was more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units were lower than their carrying values.  Our assessment took into consideration, among other things, significant further reductions in projected spending by our customers in 2016 and a more pessimistic long-term outlook for the price of oil and natural gas, and the resulting impact on our 2016 budget and long-term financial forecast.   As a result of this assessment, we completed an interim goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2015.  This test resulted in an impairment charge of $292 million comprised of $109 million in our U.S. reporting unit and $183 million in our International reporting unit.  No such charges were incurred in 2016.

As a result of these same factors, we performed impairment tests of other intangible assets as well and incurred impairment charges of $128 million related to our indefinite-lived trade name within our U.S. segment and $42 million related to the customer base intangible assets within our International segment.  No such charges were incurred in 2016.

Operating Loss. Operating loss was $56 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $282 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an improvement of $226 million.

35


U.S. Segment—Our U.S. segment had operating income of $6 million for 2016 as compared to an operating loss of $47 million for 2015. Excluding the $237 million of goodwill and intangible asset impairments in 2015, the decline of $184 million was primarily driven by lower revenue due to decreased customer spending offset by a reduction in SG&A expenses.  In addition, severance and restructuring expenses and inventory-related charges negatively impacted operating income by $22 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Canadian Segment—Our Canadian segment incurred an operating loss of $5 million for 2016 as compared to operating income of $9 million for 2015. The decrease of $14 million reflected the decline in sales offset by corresponding reductions in SG&A.  Severance and restructuring expenses and inventory-related charges negatively impacted operating income by $6 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

International Segment—Our International segment incurred an operating loss of $57 million for 2016 as compared to an operating loss of $244 million in 2015. Excluding the $225 million of goodwill and intangibles impairment charges in 2015, the $38 million decrease was a result of lower sales offset by corresponding reductions in SG&A. Severance and restructuring expenses and inventory-related charges negatively impacted operating income by $37 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Interest Expense. Our interest expense was $35 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The decrease can be attributed to lower average debt levels in 2016.

Other Expense. Our other expense decreased to $0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. In 2015, other expense included $5 million of expense related to the disposition of our U.S. OCTG product line, a $3 million write off of debt issuance costs, foreign currency losses of $3 million, and a $3 million charge related to a litigation matter.  In 2016, we had no such charges.

Income Tax Benefit. Our income tax benefit was $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to benefit of $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our effective tax rates were 9% and 3% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These rates generally differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% as a result of state income taxes and differing, generally lower, foreign income tax rates.  The 2016 effective tax rate of 9% was lower than our customary effective tax rate as a result of the mix of pre-tax losses in all segments, including an increase in the relative significance of pre-tax losses in foreign jurisdictions where the losses have no corresponding tax benefit.  The 2015 effective tax rate of 3% was lower than our customary effective tax rate primarily due to the a non-tax deductible impairment charge combined with tax expense related to provisions for valuation allowances and the mix of income and losses in the various jurisdictions in which we operate.

Net Loss. Our net loss was $83 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $331 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an improvement of $248 million.

Adjusted EBITDA.  Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, was $75 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $235 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our Adjusted EBITDA decreased $160 million over that period primarily as a result of the factors noted above.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income plus interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, amortization of intangibles and certain other expenses, including non-cash expenses, (such as equity-based compensation, severance and restructuring, changes in the fair value of derivative instruments and asset impairments, including inventory) and plus or minus the impact of our LIFO inventory costing methodology.

36


We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides investors a helpful measure for comparing our operating performance with the performance of other companies that have different financing and capital structures or tax rates. We believe that net income is the financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that is most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, with our net loss,income, as derived from our consolidated financial statements, with Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure (in millions):

 



 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,



2016

 

2015

Net loss

$

(83)

 

$

(331)

Income tax benefit

 

(8)

 

 

(11)

Interest expense

 

35 

 

 

48 

Depreciation and amortization

 

22 

 

 

21 

Amortization of intangibles

 

47 

 

 

60 

Decrease in LIFO reserve

 

(14)

 

 

(53)

Inventory-related charges

 

40 

 

 

 -

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

 

 -

 

 

462 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

12 

 

 

10 

Severance and restructuring charges

 

20 

 

 

14 

Loss on disposition of non-core product lines

 

 -

 

 

Foreign currency losses

 

 

 

Write off of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

Litigation matter

 

 -

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

(1)

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$

75 

 

$

235 
  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

 

Net income (loss)

 $75  $(14)

Income tax expense

  35    

Interest expense

  24   23 

Depreciation and amortization

  18   19 

Amortization of intangibles

  21   24 

Facility closures

     1 

Severance and restructuring

  1   1 

Employee separation

     1 

Increase in LIFO reserve

  66   77 

Equity-based compensation expense

  13   12 

Foreign currency losses

  8   2 

Adjusted EBITDA

 $261  $146 

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2020

For discussion and analysis of fiscal year 2021 compared to fiscal year 2020, please refer to Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on February 16, 2022 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Financial Condition and Cash Flows

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the periods indicated below (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

2022

  

2021

 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

$

(48)

 

$

253 

 

$

690  $(20) $56 

Investing activities

 

(27)

 

 

16 

 

 

(41) (11) (7)

Financing activities

 

 

 

(226)

 

 

(599)  17   (118)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

$

(66)

 

$

43 

 

$

50 

Net cash used

 $(14) $(69)

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $48$20 million in 20172022 compared to $253$56 million provided by operationsoperating activities in 2016.2021. The decreasechange in operating cash provided by operationsflows was primarily the result of working capital expansion in response to thean increase in sales activity in 2017 as compared to a working capital contraction in 2016.  Working capital growth used cash of $152 million in 2017 compared to the working capital contraction providing cash of $231 million in 2016.  In particular, growth in accounts receivable utilized $118million of cash in 2017 as a result of the 20% increase in sales relative to 2016 when accounts receivable contraction provided cash of $128 million.  Growth in inventory requiredpurchases and other expenses to support higher sales levels utilized $168 million of cash in 2017 as compared to cash provided of $141 million in 2016. These uses of cash in 2017 weregrowing market activity, offset by $93 million generated from an increase in accounts payable, which was attributable to higher purchasing activities and the timing of payments to our suppliers.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $253 million in 2016 compared to $690 million provided by operations in 2015.  The decrease in cash provided by operations was primarily the result of reduced profitability combined with a reduction in the pace of working capital contraction in response to slowing sales. Working capital provided cash of $231 million in 2016 as compared to $586 million in 2015.  The 2016 decline in working capital cash flow was impacted most significantly by a $141 million and $128 million reduction in inventory and accounts receivable, respectively, caused by declining sales levels. 

37improved profitability.

 

 

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $27$11 million in 2017,2022 compared to net$7 million used in 2021. Purchases of property, plant and equipment utilized cash provided by investing activities of $16$11 million and $10 million in 2016.  The $43 million increase in cash used in investing activities is the result of $48 million in proceeds from the 2016 disposition of our U.S. OCTG product line.  Our capital expenditures were $30 million2022 and $33 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016,2021, respectively.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $16 million in 2016, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $41 million in 2015.  The $57 million increase in cash provided by investing activities is the result of $48 million in proceeds from the disposition of our U.S. OCTG product line.  Our capital expenditures were $33 million and $39 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $9$17 million in 2017,2022, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $226$118 million in 2016.2021. In 2021, we made a payment of $86 million on our Term Loan as a result of excess cash flow generation in 2020 as well as $1 million mandatory principal payment. Mandatory principal payments on our Term Loan totaled $2 million in 2022. Net proceeds onborrowings under our Global ABL Facility totaled $129$45 million in 2017,2022 compared to $0 million in the 2016.   In 2017 and 2016, we used $68 million and $95 million to fund purchases of our common stock, respectively.2021. We used $24million to fund dividends on our preferred stock in each of 20172022 and 2016.  In the fourth quarter of 2016, we repaid $100 million of our Term Loan using available cash on hand.  In June 2015, we received $355 million of net proceeds related to the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock.  We used these proceeds to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under our Term Loan and our Global ABL Facility. 2021. 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary credit facilities consist of a Term Loan B maturing in September 2024 with an original principal amount of $400 million and a $750 million Global ABL Facility. As of December 31, 2022, the outstanding balance on our Term Loan, net of original issue discount and issuance costs, was $295 million. On an annual basis, we are required to repay an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the Term Loan agreement, reducing to 25% if the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio is no more than 2.75 to 1.00. No payment of excess cash flow is required if the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00. Under the terms of the Term Loan, the amount of cash used in the determination of the senior secured leverage ratio is limited to $75 million. Under this provision of the Term Loan, in April 2021 we made a payment of $86 million as a result of excess cash flow generation in 2020. Based on our senior secured leverage ratio at the end of 2021, we were not required to make an excess cash flow payment for 2021 in 2022, and based on our senior secured leverage ratio at the end of 2022, we will not be required to make an excess cash flow payment for 2022 in 2023.

Our Global ABL Facility matures in September 2026 and provides $705 million in revolver commitments in the United States (with a $30 million sublimit in Canada), $12 million in Norway, $10 million in Australia, $10.5 million in the Netherlands, $7.5 million in the United Kingdom and $5 million in Belgium. The Global ABL Facility contains an accordion feature that allows us to increase the principal amount of the facility by up to $250 million, subject to securing additional lender commitments. On December 6, 2022, the Company amended the Global ABL Facility to replace LIBOR with a new prevailing benchmark interest rate known as Term SOFR for all U.S. dollar borrowings. U.S. borrowings now bear interest at Term SOFR plus a margin varying between 1.25% and 1.75% based on our fixed charge coverage ratio. Canadian borrowings under the facility bear interest at the Canadian Dollar Bankers' Acceptances Rate ("BA Rate") plus a margin varying between 1.25% and 1.75% based on our fixed charge coverage ratio. Borrowings under our foreign borrower subsidiaries bear interest at a benchmark rate, which varies based on the currency in which such borrowings are made, plus a margin varying between 1.25% and 1.75% based on our fixed charge coverage ratio. Availability is dependent on a borrowing base comprised of a percentage of eligible accounts receivable and inventory values, which is subject to redetermination from time to time. As of December 31, 2022, we had $45 million borrowings outstanding and $606 million of Excess Availability, as defined under our Global ABL Facility.

We anticipate higher interest expense in the coming years resulting from recent debt market volatility and rate increases by the Federal Reserve that has negatively impacted the Term SOFR benchmark rate. Additionally, we anticipate refinancing our Term Loan in 2023 with financing terms that are expected to be less favorable than our current credit agreement and could result in a higher cost of capital to the Company.

Our primary sources of liquidity consist of cash generated from our operating activities, existing cash balances and borrowings under our existing Global ABL Facility. At December 31, 2017,2022, our total liquidity, includingconsisting of cash on hand and amounts available under our Global ABL Facility, was $485$638 million. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from our operating activities is primarily dependent on our sales of products to our customers at profits sufficient to cover our fixed and variable expenses. As of December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $48$32 million and $109$48 million, respectively. As of December 31, 20172022 and 2016,  $482021, $32 million and $61$38 million of our cash and cash equivalents were maintained in the accounts of our various foreign subsidiaries and, if those amounts were transferred among countries or repatriated to the U.S., those amounts may be subject to additional tax liabilities, which would be recognized in our financial statements in the period during which the transfer decision was made. We currently have the intent and ability to indefinitely reinvest theDuring 2022, no cash held bywas repatriated from our non-Canadian foreign subsidiaries and, pending further analysis of the impact of the Tax Act, there are currently no plans for the repatriation of those amounts. Canadian subsidiaries.

Our primary credit facilities consist of a seven-year Term Loan maturing in September 2024 with an original principal amount of $400million and a five-year $800 million Global ABL Facility that provides $675 million in revolver commitments in the United States, $65 million in Canada, $18 million in Norway, $15 million in Australia, $13 million in the Netherlands, $7 million in the United Kingdom and $7 million in Belgium.    The Global ABL Facility, which was re-sized to $800 million from $1.05 billion in our September 2017 amendment, matures in September 2022.  The Global ABL Facility contains an accordion feature that allows us to increase the principal amount of the facility by up to $200 million, subject to securing additional lender commitments. As of December 31, 2017,  we had $129 million of outstanding borrowings and $437million of Excess Availability, as defined  under this Global ABL Facility.    Availability is dependent on a borrowing base comprised of a percentage of eligible accounts receivable and inventory which is subject to redetermination from time to time.

Our credit ratings are below “investment grade” and, as such, could impact both our ability to raise new funds as well as the interest rates on our future borrowings. In the first quarter of 2021, Moody's Investor Services changed our ratings outlook from negative to stable and, in the second quarter of 2021, Standard & Poor's Global Ratings revised the Company's outlook to stable. Our existing obligations restrict our ability to incur additional debt. We were in compliance with the covenants contained in our various credit facilities as of and during the year ended December 31, 2017.  2022 and, based on our current forecasts, we expect to remain in compliance.

 

We believe our sources of liquidity will be sufficient to satisfy the anticipated cash requirements associated with our existing operations for at least the next twelve months.foreseeable future. However, our future cash requirements could be higher than we currently expect as a result of various factors. Additionally, our ability to generate sufficient cash from our operating activities depends on our future performance, which is subject to general economic, political, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. We may, from time to time, seek to raise additional debt or equity financing or re-price or refinance existing debt in the public or private markets, based on market conditions. ThereAny such capital markets activities would be subject to market conditions, reaching final agreement with lenders or investors, and other factors, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to raisewould successfully consummate any such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. We may also seek, from time to time, depending on market conditions, to refinance certain categories of our debt, and we may seek to consummate equity offerings. Any such transaction would be subject to market conditions, compliance with all of our credit agreements, and various other factors.

38transactions.

 

 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our minimum payment obligations as of December 31, 20172022 relating to long-term debt, interest payments, capital leases, operating leases, purchase obligations and other long-term liabilities for the periods indicated (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

More Than

             

More Than

 

 

Total

 

2018

 

2019-2020

 

2021-2022

 

5 Years

 

Total

  

2023

  2024-2025  2026-2027  

5 Years

 

Long-term debt (1)

 

$

526 

 

$

 

$

 

$

137 

 

$

377  $340 $3 $292 $45  

Interest payments (2)

 

 

151 

 

 

24 

 

 

48 

 

 

46 

 

 

33  57 21 36   

Operating leases

 

 

237 

 

 

41 

 

 

65 

 

 

42 

 

 

89  331 42 69 47 173 

Purchase obligations (3)

 

 

1,066 

 

 

1,062 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 1,028 1,028    

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

36 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

36   22        22 

Total

 

$

2,016 

 

$

1,131 

 

$

125 

 

$

225 

 

$

535  $1,778  $1,094  $397  $92  $195 

(1)

Long-term debt is based on debt outstanding at December 31, 2022.

(2)

Interest payments are based on interest rates in effect at December 31, 2022 and assume contractual amortization payments.

(3)

Purchase obligations reflect our commitments to purchase PVF products in the ordinary course of business. While our vendors often allow us to cancel these purchase orders without penalty, in certain cases cancellations may subject us to cancellation fees or penalties, depending on the terms of the contract.

 

(1)     Long-term debt is based on debt outstanding at December 31, 2017.  

(2)     Interest payments are based on interest rates in effect at December 31, 2017 and assume contractual amortization payments.

(3)     Purchase obligations reflect our commitments to purchase PVF products in the ordinary course of business. While our vendors often allow us to cancel these purchase orders without penalty, in certain cases cancellations may subject us to cancellation fees or penalties, depending on the terms of the contract.

We historically have been an acquisitive company. We expect to fund any future acquisitions primarily from (i) borrowings, either the unused portion of our facilities or new debt issuances, (ii) cash provided by operations or (iii) the issuance of additional equity in connection with the acquisitions.

Other Commitments

In the normal course of business with customers, vendors and others, we are contingently liable for performance under standby letters of credit and bid, performance and surety bonds. We were contingently liable for approximately $55$19 million of standby letters of credit, trade guarantees that banks issue and bid, and performance and surety bonds at December 31, 2017.2022. Management does not expect any material amounts to be drawn on these instruments.

Legal Proceedings

Asbestos Claims.  We are one of many defendants in lawsuits that plaintiffs have brought seeking damages for personal injuries that exposure to asbestos allegedly caused. Plaintiffs and their family members have brought these lawsuits against a large volume of defendant entities as a result of the various defendants’ manufacture, distribution, supply or other involvement with asbestos, asbestos-containing products or equipment or activities that allegedly caused plaintiffs to be exposed to asbestos. These plaintiffs typically assert exposure to asbestos as a consequence of third-party manufactured products that the Company’s subsidiary, MRC Global (US) Inc., purportedly distributed. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we are a named defendant in approximately 537547 lawsuits involving approximately 1,1531,112 claims. No asbestos lawsuit has resulted in a judgment against us to date, with the majority being settled, dismissed or otherwise resolved. Applicable third-party insurance has substantially covered these claims, and insurance should continue to cover a substantial majority of existing and anticipated future claims. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability for our estimate of the most likely settlement of asserted claims and a related receivable from insurers for our estimated recovery, to the extent we believe that the amounts of recovery are probable.

39


 

We annually conduct analyses of our asbestos-related litigation to estimate the adequacy of the reserve for pending and probable asbestos-related claims. Given these estimated reserves and existing insurance coverage that has been available to cover substantial portions of these claims, we believe that our current accruals and associated estimates relating to pending and probable asbestos-related litigation likely to be asserted over the next 15 years are currently adequate. This belief, however, relies on a number of assumptions, including:

 

·

That our future settlement payments, disease mix and dismissal rates will be materially consistent with historic experience;

·

That future incidences of asbestos-related diseases in the U.S. will be materially consistent with current public health estimates;

·

That the rates at which future asbestos-related mesothelioma incidences result in compensable claims filings against us will be materially consistent with its historic experience;

·

That insurance recoveries for settlement payments and defense costs will be materially consistent with historic experience;

·

That legal standards (and the interpretation of these standards) applicable to asbestos litigation will not change in material respects;

·

That there are no materially negative developments in the claims pending against us; and

·That key co-defendants in current and future claims remain solvent.

That key co-defendants in current and future claims remain solvent.

 

If any of these assumptions prove to be materially different in light of future developments, liabilities related to asbestos-related litigation may be materially different than amounts accrued or estimated. Further, while we anticipate that additional claims will be filed in the future, we are unable to predict with any certainty the number, timing and magnitude of such future claims. In addition, applicable insurance policies are subject to overall caps on limits, which coverage may exhaust the amount available from insurers under those limits. In those cases, the Company is seeking indemnity payments from responsive excess insurance policies, but other insurers may not be solvent or may not make payments under the policies without contesting their liability. In our opinion, there are no pending legal proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Other Legal Claims and Proceedings. From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and involved in legal proceedings incidental to the nature of our businesses. We maintain insurance coverage to reduce financial risk associated with certain of these claims and proceedings. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these claims and proceedings. However, in our opinion, there are no pending legal proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements. See also “Note 16—Commitments and Contingencies” to the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017.  

Product Claims.  From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, our customers may claim that the products that we distribute are either defective or require repair or replacement under warranties that either we or the manufacturer may provide to the customer. These proceedings are, in the opinion of management, ordinary and routine matters incidental to our normal business. Our purchase orders with our suppliers generally require the manufacturer to indemnify us against any product liability claims, leaving the manufacturer ultimately responsible for these claims. In many cases, state, provincial or foreign law provides protection to distributors for these sorts of claims, shifting the responsibility to the manufacturer. In some cases, we could be required to repair or replace the products for the benefit of our customer and seek our recovery from the manufacturer for our expense. In our opinion, the likelihood that the ultimate disposition of any of these claims and legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements is remote.

Weatherford Claim.  In addition to PVF, our Canadian subsidiary, Midfield Supply (“Midfield”), now known as MRC Global (Canada) ULC, also distributed progressive cavity pumps and related equipment (“PCPs”) under a distribution agreement with Weatherford Canada Partnership (“Weatherford”) within a certain geographical area located in southern Alberta, Canada.  In late 2005 and early 2006, Midfield hired new employees, including former Weatherford employees, as part of Midfield’s desire to expand its PVF business into northern Alberta.  Shortly thereafter, many of these employees left Midfield and formed a PCP manufacturing, distribution and service company named Europump Systems Inc. (“Europump”) in 2006.  The distribution agreement with Weatherford expired in 2006.  Midfield supplied Europump with PVF products that Europump distributed along with PCP pumps.  In April 2007, Midfield purchased Europump’s distribution branches and began distributing and servicing Europump PCPs.

Pursuant to a complaint that Weatherford filed on April 11, 2006 in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Judicial Bench of Edmonton (Action No. 060304628), Weatherford sued Europump, three of Europump’s part suppliers, Midfield, certain current and former employees of Midfield, and other related entities, asserting a host of claims including breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misappropriation of confidential information related to the PCPs, unlawful interference with economic relations and conspiracy.  The Company denies these allegations and contends that Midfield’s expansion and subsequent growth was the result of fair competition. 

In June 2017, Midfield and Europump and certain individual defendants and related entities settled the case.  As part of the settlement, MRC Global (Canada) ULC agreed to pay $6 million in exchange for a release from Weatherford and agreement to dismiss the case. 

40


The Company had previously recorded a reserve of $3 million.  As a result of the settlement, an additional charge of $3 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2017.2022.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any material “off-balance sheet arrangements” as such term is defined within theSEC rules and regulations of the SEC.define that term.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. To apply these principles, management must make judgments and assumptions and develop estimates based on the best available information at the time. Actual results may differ based on the accuracy of the information utilized and subsequent events. The notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report describe our accounting policies. These critical accounting policies could materially affect the amounts recorded in our financial statements. We believe the following describes significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Inventories:Our U.S. inventories are valued at the lower of cost (principally using the LIFO method) or market. We record an estimate each quarter, if necessary, for the expected annual effect of inflation (using period to date inflation rates) and estimated year-end inventory balances. These estimates are adjusted to actual results determined at year-end. Our inventories that are held outside of the U.S., totaling $168$143 million and $164$118 million at December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, respectively, were valued at the lower of weighted-average cost or estimated net realizable value.

Under the LIFO inventory valuation method, changes in the cost of inventory are recognized in cost of sales in the current period even though these costs may have been incurred at significantly different values. Since the Company values most of its inventory using the LIFO inventory costing methodology, a rise in inventory costs has a negative effect on operating results, while, conversely, a fall in inventory costs results in a benefit to operating results.

We determine reserves for inventory based on historical usage of inventory on-hand, assumptions about future demand and market conditions. Customers rely on the company to stock specialized items for certain projects and other needs. Therefore, the estimated carrying value of inventory depends upon demand driven by oil and gas spending activity, which in turn depends on oil and gas prices, the general outlook for economic growth worldwide, political stability in major oil and gas producing areas, and the potential obsolescence of various inventory items we sell.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets: We record goodwill and intangible assets in conjunction with acquisitions that we make. These assets comprise 36% of our total assets as of December 31, 2017.  We record goodwill as the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets that we acquire.  We record intangible assets at fair value at the date of acquisition and amortize the value of intangible assets over the assets’ estimated useful lives unless we determine that an asset has an indefinite life.  We make significant judgments and estimates in both calculating the fair value of these assets and determining their estimated useful lives. The carrying values of our goodwill and intangible assets, by reporting unit, were as follows as of December 31, 2017 (in millions):

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



U.S. Eastern Region and Gulf Coast

 

U.S. Western Region

 

Canada

 

International

 

Total

Customer base intangibles

$            133

 

$              85

 

$                5

 

$              13

 

$            236

Indefinite lived trade name

81 

 

51 

 

 

 

 

 

132 

Goodwill

289 

 

152 

 

 

 

45 

 

486 
38

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:

 

Our long-lived assets consist primarily of:

·

customer base intangibles; and

·

property, plant and equipment.

 

The carrying value of these assets is subject to an impairment test when circumstances indicate a possible impairment. These circumstances would include significant decreases in our operating results and significant changes in market demand for our products and services. When events and circumstances indicate a possible impairment, we assess recoverability from future operations using an undiscounted cash flow analysis, derived from the lowest appropriate asset group. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, we would recognize an impairment charge to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the fair value.

41


 

We group customer base intangible assets on a basis consistent with our reporting units. We determine the fair value of customer base intangibles using a discounted cash flow analysis. The most significant factor in the determination of the fair value of our customer base intangibles is forecasted sales to our customers including, in particular, our largest customers. Possible indicators of impairment could include the following:

·

prolonged decline in commodity oil and natural gas prices;

·

the resulting decline in activity levels of many of our major customers;

·

significant reductions in capital spending budgets of our customers; and

·a pessimistic outlook for the price of oil and natural gas.

a pessimistic outlook for the price of oil and natural gas.

Although we determined there were no impairments of our customer base intangibles in 20172022 and 2016,2021, significant decreases in our forecasted sales, particularly with our largest customers, could result in future impairments of our customer base intangible assets.

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 20172022, was $147$82 million, or 6%4% of total assets. This amount was comprised of $109$75 million, $15$1 million and $23$6 million in our U.S., Canada and International segments, respectively. We group property, plant and equipment and evaluate it for recoverability at a country or regional level. We determine the fair value of property, plant and equipment based on appraisal procedures which involve both market and cost techniques depending on the nature of the specific assets and the availability of market information. In 2017,2022, no indicators of property, plant and equipment impairment were present. Based on the nature of our property, plant and equipment and the reduction in carrying value each year through depreciation, we believe future impairments are not likely.

When testing for the impairment of the value of long-lived assets, we make forecasts of:

·

our future operating results;

·

the extent and timing of future cash flows;

·

working capital;

·

profitability; and

·

sales growth trends.

 

We make these forecasts using the best available information at the time, including information regarding current market conditions and customer spending forecasts. While we believe our assumptions and estimates are reasonable, because of the volatile nature of the energy industry, actual results may differ materially from the projected results which could result in the recognition of additional impairment charges. Factors that could lead to actual results differing materially from projected results include, among other things, further reductions of oil and natural gas prices and changes in projected sales growth rates.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets: We testassess goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives for impairment annually, as of October 1st each year, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at fourthe reporting units (U.S. Eastern Region and Gulf Coast, U.S. Western Region, Canada and International).unit level. Within each reporting unit, we have elected to aggregate the component countries and regions into a single reporting unit based on their similar economic characteristics, products, customers, suppliers, methods of distribution and the manner in which we operate each segment. 

In the first half of 2020, demand for oil and natural gas declined sharply as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. This disruption in demand and the resulting decline in the price of oil had a dramatic negative impact on our business. We performexperienced a significant reduction in sales beginning in April 2020 which continued throughout the second quarter. At that time, there remained ongoing uncertainty around the timing and extent of any recovery. We took a more pessimistic long-term outlook due to the significant reduction in the demand for oil, the implications of that demand destruction on the price of oil for an extended period of time and actions our customers had taken to curtail costs and reduce spending. As a result of those developments, we concluded that it was more likely than not the fair values of our U.S. and International reporting units and our U.S. indefinite-lived tradename were lower than their carrying values. Accordingly, we completed an interim impairment test as of April 30, 2020, and recognized impairment charges of $217 million for goodwill, comprised of $177 million in our U.S. reporting unit and $40 million in our International reporting unit, and $25 million for our indefinite-lived intangible asset. Subsequent to these impairments, we only have goodwill recorded in our U.S. reporting unit and U.S. tradename is our only indefinite-lived intangible asset.

In connection with our annual tests for indications of goodwill and indefinite-lived tradename impairment tests as of October 1,st 2022, 2021 and 2020, we performed a qualitative assessment of each year, updatingthe carrying value of the goodwill for our U.S. reporting unit and U.S. indefinite-lived tradename asset. This assessment took into consideration changes in the broader economy, our industry and our business since the interim quantitative impairment tests completed as of April 30, 2020. Based on an interim basis should indicationsour assessment, we concluded there was no additional impairment of impairment exist.our goodwill or U.S. tradename.

When we perform thea quantitative goodwill impairment test, we compare the carrying value of the reporting unit that has the goodwill with the estimated fair value of that reporting unit. IfTo the extent the carrying value of a reporting unit is moregreater than theits estimated fair value, a second stepgoodwill impairment charge is performed.  Inrecorded for the second step, we calculate the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. We recognize impairment lossesdifference, up to the extent that recorded goodwill exceeds impliedcarrying value of goodwill. Our impairment methodology uses discounted cash flow and multiples of cash earnings valuation techniques, acquisition control premium and valuation comparisons to similar businesses to determine the fair value of a reporting unit. Each of these methods involves Level 3 unobservable market inputs and require us to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding:

·

future operating results,

·

the extent and timing of future cash flows,

·

working capital,

·

sales prices,

·

profitability,

42


·

discount rates; and

·

sales growth trends.

 

We make these forecasts using the best available information at the time including information regarding current market conditions and customer spending forecasts. While we believe that these assumptions and estimates are reasonable, because of the volatile nature of the energy industry, actual results may differ materially from the projected results which could result in the recognition of additional impairment charges. Factors that could lead to actual results differing materially from projected results include, among other things:

·

reduction of oil and natural gas prices,

·

changes in projected sales growth rate; and

·

changes in factors affecting our discount rate including risk premiums, risk free interest rates and costs of capital.

In connection with our annual goodwill

When we perform a quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2017, we tested the carrying value of goodwill for our U.S. and International reporting units.  Our Canada reporting unit has no goodwill.  No goodwill impairments were indicated as a result of those tests as the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units substantially exceeded their carrying value.

Intangibleintangible assets with indefinite useful lives, are recorded in our U.S. segment.  We test these assets for impairment annually or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. This test compareswe compare the carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets with their estimated fair value. If the carrying value is more than the estimated fair value, we recognize impairment losses in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value. Our impairment methodology uses discounted cash flow and estimated royalty rate valuation techniques. Utilizing these valuation methods, we make certain assumptions and estimates regarding:

·

future operating results,

·

sales prices,

·

discount rates; and

·sales growth trends.

sales growth trends.

 

As with the goodwill impairment test described above, while we believe that our assumptions and estimates are reasonable, because of the volatile nature of the energy industry, actual results may differ materially from the projected results which could result in the recognition of additional impairment charges.  The estimated fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets substantially exceeded their carrying value.

Income Taxes: We use the liability methodaccount for determining our income taxes under which current and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded in accordance withthe liability method using currently enacted tax laws and rates. Under this method, the amounts of deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period are determined using the tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the tax rate expected to be in effect when the taxes will actually be paid, or refunds received. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets is established when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In determining the need for valuation allowances and our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets, we consider and make judgments regarding all the available positive and negative evidence, including the timing of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, estimated future taxable income, ongoing, prudent and feasible tax planning strategies and recent financial results of operations. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizablevaluation allowances, however, could be adjusted in the future if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present in certain jurisdictions and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.

 

Our tax provision is based upon our expected taxable income and statutory rates in effect in each country in which we operate. We are subject to the jurisdiction of numerous domestic and foreign tax authorities, as well as to tax agreements and treaties among these governments. Determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events such as the amount, timing and character of deductions, permissible revenue recognition methods under the tax law and the sources and character of income and tax credits. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact on the amount of income taxes we provide during any given year.

A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits. We adjust these liabilities when

43


our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which the new information is available.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was enacted.  Among the significant changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, the Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 and created a new dividend-exemption territorial system with a one-time transition tax on foreign earnings which were previously not taxed in the U.S. 

In December 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which addresses how a company recognizes provisional amounts when a company does not have all the necessary information available in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the effect of the changes in the Tax Act. Under SAB 118, a company recognizes provisional amounts for income tax effects of the Tax Act for which the accounting is incomplete but a reasonable estimate can be determined. The measurement period for adjusting provisional amounts ends when a company has analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting, but cannot extend beyond one year.

We have determined a reasonable estimate for the re-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 due to the reduction in the corporate tax rate.  The provisional amount recorded for this re-measurement is a $57 million tax benefit.  We have also recorded a reasonable estimate of the transition tax on undistributed foreign earnings of $7 million.  These provisional estimates are subject to change as additional necessary information becomes available and the final analysis is prepared and analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting.The additional information that needs to be gathered, analyzed and used to complete the accounting for the provisional $7 million transition tax includes the historical earnings and profit information of each foreign subsidiary.  In addition, the finalization of the 2017 federal income tax return will impact the underlying temporary differences existing at the end of 2017 used to determine the provisional tax benefit of $57 million.

We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions as income taxes in our financial statements. We currently have the intent and ability to indefinitely reinvest the cash held by our non-Canadian foreign subsidiaries and, pending further analysis of the impact of the Tax Act, there are currently no plans for the repatriation of those amounts.  As such, no deferred income taxes have been provided for differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis inherent in these foreign subsidiaries.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2017,2022, all of our outstanding debt was at floating rates. These facilities prescribe the percentage point spreads from U.S. prime, LIBOR, Term SOFR, Canadian prime and EURIBOR. Our facilities generally allow us to fix the interest rate, at our option, for a period of 30 to 180 days. We are currently party to a $250 million interest rate swap to fix a portion of our variable rate exposure that matures in March 2023.

As of December 31, 2017,2022, a 1% increase in the LIBOR or Term SOFR rate would result in an increase in our interest expense of approximately $5less than $1 million per year if the amounts outstanding under our Term Loan and Global ABL Facility remained the same for an entire year.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

Our operations outside of the U.S. expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk, as these transactions are primarily denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our functional currency. Our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates is managed primarily through the use of forward foreign exchange contracts. These contracts increase or decrease in value as foreign exchange rates change, protecting the value of the underlying transactions denominated in foreign currencies. All currency contracts are entered into for the sole purpose of hedging existing or anticipated currency exposure; we do not use foreign currency contracts for trading or speculative purposes. The terms of these contracts generally do not exceed one year. We record all changes in the fair market value of forward foreign exchange contracts in income. We recordedGains and losses related to foreign currency contracts of $1 million forincurred in the yearyears ended December 31, 2017, gains of $1 million in the year ended December 31, 20162022, and losses of $1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.2021 were not material.

Steel Prices

Our business is sensitive to steel prices, which can impact our product pricing, with carbon steel line pipe prices generally having the highest degree of sensitivity. While we cannot predict steel prices, we manage this risk by managing our inventory levels, including maintaining sufficient quantity on hand to meet demand, while reducing the risk of overstocking.

 


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of MRC Global Inc.:

Management’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

F-1

Reports of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)

F-2

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of MRC Global Inc.:

F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20172022, and 20162021

F-4F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2022, 2021, and 20152020

F-5F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2022, 2021, and 20152020

F-6F-7

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2022, 2021, and 20152020

F-7F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016,2022, 2021, and 20152020

F-8F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9F-10

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

45


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None.

ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As required by the Exchange Act, we maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensureprovide assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with the participation of our principal executive and financial officers, has evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 20172022 and has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2017.2022.

 

Pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have provided certain certifications to the Securities and Exchange Commission. These certifications are included herein as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The Company’s management report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page F-1 of this annual report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Attestation Report of our Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Company’s registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting is set forth on page F-2 of this annual report and is incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

 

The Company has undertaken a multi-year enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) project to migrate certain systems to SAP software.  During the second quarter of 2016, we completed the SAP implementation in our Asia Pacific-based businesses. During the second quarter of 2017, we completed the implementation effort in our European and Middle Eastern businesses.  During the third quarter of 2017, we completed the implementation effort in our Nordic businesses. As a part of these implementations, various controls over financial reporting for the international segment changed during the year.

Other than described above, thereThere were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 2017the quarter ended December 31, 2022 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

 

PART III

ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information regarding our directors and nominees for director required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K will be presented under the heading “PROPOSAL I: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” in our Proxy Statement prepared for the solicitation of proxies in connection with our annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 27, 2018in 2023 (“Proxy Statement”), which information is incorporated by reference herein.

Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K to the extent required, will be included, if applicable, under the heading “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated by reference herein.

Information regarding our executive officers required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K is presented at the end of Part I herein and captioned “Executive Officers of the Registrant” as permitted by General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K and Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.

Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be included under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated by reference herein.

Information required by paragraphs (c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Item 407 of Regulation S-K will be included under the heading “QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE ANNUAL MEETING AND VOTING” and “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE”GOVERNANCE MATTERS” in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated by reference herein.

We have adopted a Code of Ethics for Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers (“Code of Ethics for Senior Officers”) that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and Controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics for Senior Officers, together with our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the charters for each of our board committees, and our Code of Ethics applicable to all employees are available on our Internet website at www.mrcglobal.com. We will provide, free of charge, a copy of our Code of Ethics or any of our other corporate documents listed above upon written request to our Corporate Secretary at 1301 McKinney Street, Suite 2300, Houston, Texas, 77010. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of the Code of Ethics for Senior Officers on behalf of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and Controller, and persons performing similar functions on our Internet website at www.mrcglobal.com under the Investor Relations page, promptly following the date of any such amendment or waiver.

ITEM  11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 402 and paragraphs (e)(4) and (e)(5) of Item 407 of Regulations S-K regarding executive compensation will be presented under the headings “Compensation  Discussion and  Analysis,“COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” “Employment and Other Agreements,” “Summary Compensation Table for 2017,2022,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal Year 2017,2022,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at 20172022 Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested During 2017,2022,” “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control,” “Non-Employee Director Compensation Table,” “Compensation and Human Capital Committee Report,” and “Compensation and Human Capital Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated by reference herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the information provided under the heading “Compensation and Human Capital Committee Report” in our Proxy Statement is furnished and shall not be deemed to be filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act is not subject to the liabilities of that section and is not deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act.

 


ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information regarding the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be presented under the heading “Security Ownership of Officersheadings “SECURITY OWNERSHIP – Directors and Directors”Executive Owners” and “Stock Ownership of“SECURITY OWNERSHIP – Certain Beneficial Owners” in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated by reference herein.

The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2017,2022, relating to our equity compensation plans pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock, or certain other rights to acquire our shares may be granted from time to time.



 

 

 



 

 

 

 

(a)

(b)

(c)

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

 

 

 

Stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and performance share unit awards

5,956,003 $21.96 1,944,764 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

None

N/A

None

 

  

(a)

  

(b)

  

(c)

 
          

Number of securities

 
          

remaining available for

 
  

Number of securities to

      

future issuance under

 
  

be issued upon

  

Weighted-average

  

equity compensation

 
  

exercise of outstanding

  

exercise price of

  

plans (excluding

 
  

options, warrants and

  

outstanding options,

  

securities reflected in

 

Plan Category

 

rights(1)

  

warrants and rights(2)

  

column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:

            

Stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and performance share unit awards

 3,725,244  $29.33  3,780,202 
             

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

None

   N/A  

None

 

Total

 3,725,244   29.33  3,780,202 

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

(1)Performance share awards are included at target. If overachievement of the performance criteria is achieved, the grantees of performance awards could receive up to 200% of target. This would increase the number of securities in column (a) by 908,772.
(2)The weighted average exercise price is only for the 861,168 unexercised options included in column (a) as restricted stock units and performance share units do not have an exercise price.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information regarding certain relationships and related transactions required by Item 404 and Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K will be presented under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, “Related Party Transaction Policy”, “Corporate Governance,” “Board"PROPOSAL I: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS - 'Knowledge, Skills and Committees,” “BoardExperience of Directors,” “DirectorNominees Plus our Designated Director' and 'Certain Information Regarding Nominees" and “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS - 'Director Independence” and “Committees of the Board” in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information regarding our principal accounting fees and services required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A will be presented under the headings “Principal Accounting Fees and Services” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors” in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated by reference herein.

 

 

PART IV

ITEM  15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)Documents Filed as Part of this Annual Report:

(a)

Documents Filed as Part of this Annual Report:

1.Financial Statements.  

1.

Financial Statements.

See “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

See “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

2.Financial Statement Schedules.  

2.

Financial Statement Schedules.

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

3.List of Exhibits.  

3.

List of Exhibits.

Exhibit Number

Description

3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MRC Global Inc. dated April 11, 2012. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on April 17, 2012, File No. 001-35479).

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of MRC Global Inc. dated November 7, 2013. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on November 13, 2013, File No. 001-35479).

3.3

Certificate of Designations, Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock of MRC Global Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on June 11, 2015, File No. 001-35479).

4.1

Description of Securities of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on February 14, 2020, File No. 001-35479).

10.1

ThirdFourth Amended and Restated Loan, Security and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2017,3, 2021, among MRC Global (US) Inc., Greenbrier Petroleum Corporation, McJunkin Red Man Development Corporation, Midway-Tristate Corporation, Milton Oil & Gas Company, MRC Global Management Company, MRC Global Services Company LLC, Ruffner Realty Company and The South Texas Supply Company, Inc., as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors, MRC Global Inc., as a guarantor, MRC Global Australia Pty Ltd., as Australian Borrower, MRC Global (Belgium) NV, as Belgian Borrower, MRC Global (Canada) ULC,Ltd., as Canadian Borrower, MRC Global (Netherlands) B.V., as Dutch Borrower, MRC Global Norway AS, as Norwegian Borrower, MRC TransmarkGlobal (UK) Limited, as UK Borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, certain financial institutions as lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Security Trustee and Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.210.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on September 26, 2017,9, 2021, File No. 001-35479).

10.1.1First Amendment dated December 6, 2022, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Loan, Security and Guarantee Agreement dated September 3, 2021, among MRC Global (US) Inc., Greenbrier Petroleum Corporation, McJunkin Red Man Development Corporation, Midway-Tristate Corporation, Milton Oil & Gas Company, MRC Global Management Company, MRC Global Services Company LLC, Ruffner Realty Company and The South Texas Supply Company, Inc., as U.S. Borrowers and Guarantors, MRC Global Inc., as a guarantor, MRC Global Australia Pty Ltd., as Australian Borrower, MRC Global (Belgium) NV, as Belgian Borrower, MRC Global (Canada) Ltd., as Canadian Borrower, MRC Global (Netherlands) B.V., as Dutch Borrower, MRC Global Norway AS, as Norwegian Borrower, MRC Global (UK) Limited, as UK Borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, certain financial institutions as lenders and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Security Trustee and Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on December 7, 2022. File No. 001-35479).

10.2

Refinancing Amendment and Successor Administrative Agent Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2017, among MRC Global (US) Inc., as borrower, MRC Global Inc., as a guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as the Collateral Trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the Successor Administrative Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Prior Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on September 26, 2017, File No. 001-35479).

10.2.1

Refinancing Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 22, 2018, among MRC Global (US) Inc., as borrower, MRC Global Inc. as guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, U.S. Bank National Association, as the Collateral Trustee, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on May 25, 2018, File No. 001-35479).

10.2.2Term Loan Guarantee and Acknowledgment, dated as of November 9, 2012, by each of the signatories listed on the signature pages thereto and each of the other entities that becomes a party thereto, in favor of the Administrative Agent (as defined therein) for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties (as defined therein). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on November 9, 2012, File No. 001-35479).

Exhibit Number

Description

10.2.210.2.3

Security Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2012, among MRC Global (US) Inc., MRC Global Inc., each of the subsidiaries of MRC Global Inc. listed on the signature pages thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined therein). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on November 9, 2012, File No. 001-35479).

49


Exhibit Number

Description

10.2.310.2.4

Term Loan Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2012, among MRC Global (US) Inc., MRC Global Inc., each of the subsidiaries of MRC Global Inc. listed on the signature pages thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined therein). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on November 9, 2012, File No. 001-35479).

10.2.410.2.5

Refinancing Amendment and Incremental Joinder Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2013, among MRC Global (US) Inc., MRC Global Inc., subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Lender, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined therein). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on November 20, 2013, File No. 001-35479).

10.2.510.2.6

Second Amendment, dated as of June 11, 2015, by and among MRC Global (US) Inc., as the borrower, MRC Global Inc., as guarantor, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Collateral Trustee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on June 11, 2015, File No. 001-35479).

10.2.610.2.7

Notice of Amendment and Confirmation of Intercreditor Agreement, dated September 22, 2017, by and between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Term Lenders as of the date hereof, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as collateral trustee for the Term Secured Parties, the Additional Term Secured Parties, if any, and the Subordinated Lien Secured Parties, if any, MRC Global Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on September 26, 2017, File No. 001-35479).

10.2.710.2.8

Notice of Amendment and Confirmation of Intercreditor Agreement, dated September 22, 2017,3, 2021, by and between Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Revolving Credit Lenders under the Revolving Credit Agreement, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as collateral trustee for the Term Secured Parties, the Additional Term Secured Parties, if any, and the Subordinated Lien Secured Parties, if any, MRC Global Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.410.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on September 26, 2017, File No. 001-35479).

10.3

Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2012, by and among MRC Global Inc., PVF Holdings LLC and the other parties thereto. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to Form 10-Q of MRC Global Inc. for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012, filed with the SEC on May 7, 2012,9, 2021, File No. 001-35479).

10.4.1†10.3†

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013,March 8, 2021, between MRC Global Inc. and Andrew R. Lane.Robert James Saltiel, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on May 17, 2013,March 9, 2021, File No. 001-35479).

10.4.2†

First Amendment to Employment Agreement between MRC Global Inc. and Andrew R. Lane. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc., filed with the SEC on February 17, 2017, File No. 001-35479).

50

 

 

Exhibit Number

Description

10.5†10.4†

Form of Employment Agreement by and amongbetween MRC Global Inc. and each of James E. Braun and Daniel J. ChurayKelly Youngblood (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.510.1 to the Current Report on Form 10-K8-K of MRC Global Inc. forfiled with the year ended December 31, 2013,SEC on September 27, 2019, File No. 001-35479).

10.5†Executive Separation Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014,12, 2021, File No. 001-35479)No.001-35479).

10.6†

Letter Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2008, by and among H.B. Wehrle, III, PVF Holdings LLC (now dissolved) and MRC Global (US) Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Corporation). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) (No. 333-153091), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2008, File No. 001-35479).

10.7†

Letter Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, by and among MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) and Craig Ketchum. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

10.8†

2007 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

10.8.1†

Form of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of MRC Global Inc (No. 333-153091), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2008, File No. 001-35479).

10.8.2†

Form of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a as McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Director Grant May 2010—Dutch residents). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

10.8.3†

Form of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Director Grant May 2010—US residents). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

10.9†

MRC Global Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan.Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc., filed with the SEC on March 5, 2012, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.1†10.6.1†

Amendment to the MRC Global Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Schedule 14A Definitive Proxy Statement of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on March 25, 2015, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.2†10.6.2†

FormAmendment to the MRC Global Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Schedule 14A Definitive Proxy Statement of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Director Option Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of MRC Global Inc. (No. 333-178980), filed with the SEC on January 12, 2012,March 18, 2019, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.3†

10.6.3†

FormAmendment to the MRC Global Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Schedule 14A Definitive Proxy Statement of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (for awards prior to 2013). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of MRC Global Inc. (No. 333-178980), filed with the SEC on January 12, 2012,March 23, 2022. File No. 001-35479).

Exhibit Number

Description

10.10.4†10.6.4†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (for awards in 2013). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of MRC Global Inc. for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on May 3, 2013, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.5†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for awards in 2013). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of MRC Global Inc. for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on May 3, 2013, File No. 001-35479).

51


Exhibit Number

Description

10.10.6†10.6.5†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (for awards in 2014). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.7 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.7†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (for awards in 2014). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.8 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.8†10.6.6†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement.Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.9 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.9†10.6.7†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (for awards for 2015).in 2021) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1010.8.8 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 20142020, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2015,12, 2021, File No. 001-35479)..

10.10.10†10.6.8†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for 2015 awards)grants in 2022) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1110.8.9 to Annual Report on Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on February 16, 2022. File No. 001-35479).

10.6.9†Form of MRC Global Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (for grants on and before 2022) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. dated February 11, 2022).
10.6.10†Form of MRC Global Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (for grants beginning in 2023) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc., filed with the SEC on February 9, 2023. File No. 001-35479).
10.6.11†*Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for grants beginning in 2023).
10.6.12†Amendment to 2021 Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021, filed with the SEC on November 9, 2021. File No. 001-35479).

10.7†

MRC Global Director Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 20142017 filed with the SEC on February 20, 2015, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.11†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (for 2016 awards). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.12 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed with the SEC on February 24, 2016,16, 2018, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.12†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for awards after 2014).  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.13 to Form 10‑K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2015 filed with the SEC on February 24, 2016, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.13†

Form of MRC Global Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (for 2017 awards). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.14 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2016 filed with the SEC on February 17, 2017, File No. 001-35479).

10.10.14†*

Form of MRC Global Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Agreement (for 2018 awards).

10.11†*

MRC Global Director Compensation Plan.

10.12†

MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2008, by and among MRC Global Inc., PVF Holdings LLC (now dissolved), and Andrew R. Lane. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) (No. 333-153091), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2008, File No. 001-35479).

10.12.1†

Amendment to the MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2009, by and among MRC Global Inc., PVF Holdings LLC (now dissolved), and Andrew R. Lane. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

10.12.2†

Second Amendment to the MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2009, by and among MRC Global Inc., PVF Holdings LLC (now dissolved), and Andrew R. Lane. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

52


Exhibit Number

Description

10.13†

MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2008, by and among MRC Global Inc., PVF Holdings LLC (now dissolved), and Len Anthony. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

10.13.1†

Amendment to the MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a as McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2009, by and among MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation), PVF Holdings LLC (now dissolved), and Len Anthony. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

10.14†

MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2009, by and among MRC Global Inc., PVF Holdings LLC (now dissolved), and John A. Perkins. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of McJunkin Red Man Corporation (No. 333-173035), filed with the SEC on March 24, 2011, File No. 001-35479).

F

10.15

Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2006, by and among MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation), Hg Acquisition Corp., MRC Global (US) Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Corporation), and certain shareholders of MRC Global (US) Inc. named therein. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of MRC Global Inc. (f/k/a McJunkin Red Man Holding Corporation) (No. 333-153091), filed with the SEC on September 26, 2008, File No. 001-35479).

10.1610.8

Form of Indemnification Agreement between MRC Global Inc. and Officers, Directors and Certain Employees.Employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Form 10-K of MRC Global Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed with the SEC on February 20, 2015, File No. 001-35479)..

Exhibit Number

Description

10.1710.9

Shareholders’ Agreement, dated June 10, 2015, by and between MRC Global Inc. and Mario Investments LLC. (Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of MRC Global Inc. filed with the SEC on June 11, 2015, File No. 001-35479).

21.1*

List of Subsidiaries of MRC Global Inc.

23.1*

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

31.1*

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32**

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

53


Exhibit Number

Description

100*

The following financial information from MRC Global Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2017,2022, formatted in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”IXBRL”): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 20172022 and December 31, 2016,2021, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015and2020 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

101*

Interactive data file.

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.

101.DEF*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.

101.LAB*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.

101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

104

The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be posted as an exhibit to this report.

*Filed herewith.

**Furnished herewith.

54

 


ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

MRC GLOBAL INC.

By:/s/    Robert J. Saltiel, Jr.

 

MRC GLOBAL INC.

By:

/s/    ANDREW R. LANE        

Andrew R. LaneRobert J. Saltiel, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: February 16, 201814, 2023

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.

 1

 

Signature

Title

Date

/S/    ANDREW R. LANE        

Andrew R. Lane

s/    Robert J. Saltiel, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

February 14, 2023
Robert J. Saltiel, Jr.(principal executive officer)

February 16, 2018

/S/    JAMES E. BRAUN        

James E. Braun

s/    Kelly Youngblood

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

February 14, 2023
Kelly Youngblood(principal financial officer)

February 16, 2018

/S/    ELTON  BOND        

Elton Bond

s/    Gillian Anderson

Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

February 14, 2023
Gillian Anderson(principal accounting officer)

February 16, 2018

/S/    RHYS J. BEST        

Rhys J. Best

s/    Robert L. Wood

Chairman

February 16, 201814, 2023

Robert L. Wood
/s/    Deborah G. Adams

Director

February 14, 2023
Deborah G. Adams
/s/    Leonard M. Anthony

Director

February 14, 2023
Leonard M. Anthony
/s/    Henry Cornell

Director

February 14, 2023
Henry Cornell
/s/    George J. DamirisDirectorFebruary 14, 2023
George J. Damiris
/s/    Barbara J. Duganier

Director

February 14, 2023
Barbara J. Duganier
/s/    Ronald L. JadinDirectorFebruary 14, 2023
Ronald L. Jadin

/S/   Deborah G. Adams

Deborah G. Adamss/    Dr. Cornelis Adrianus Linse

Director

February 16, 2018

14, 2023
Dr. Cornelis Adrianus Linse

/S/    LEONARD M. ANTHONY        

Leonard M. Anthonys/    Dr. Anne McEntee

Director

February 16, 2018

14, 2023

Dr. Anne McEntee

/S/    BARBARA  J. DUGANIER

Barbara J. Duganier

Director

February 16, 2018

/S/    CRAIG  KETCHUM        

Craig Ketchum

Director

February 16, 2018

/S/    GERARD P. KRANS        

Gerard P. Krans

Director

February 16, 2018

/S/    DR. CORNELIS  ADRIANUS  LINSE        

Dr. Cornelis Adrianus Linse

Director

February 16, 2018

/S/    JOHN A. PERKINS        

John A. Perkins

Director

February 16, 2018

/S/    H.B. WEHRLE, III        

H.B. Wehrle, III

Director

February 16, 2018

/S/    ROBERT  L. WOOD

Robert L. Wood

Director

February 16, 2018

55


 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

MRC Global Inc.’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. MRC Global Inc.’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2017.2022.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Ernst & Young LLP’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is included in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/    ANDREW R. LANEROBERT J. SALTIEL, JR.

Andrew R. LaneRobert J. Saltiel, Jr.

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

/s/    JAMES E. BRAUNKELLY YOUNGBLOOD

James E. BraunKelly Youngblood

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Houston, Texas

February 16, 2018 

14, 2023

F-1


 

 

REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MRC Global Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

We have audited MRC Global Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, MRC Global Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2022, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 2022 consolidated balance sheets of MRC Global Inc. as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidatedfinancial statements of consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 of MRC Global Inc.Company, and our report dated February 16, 201814, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Houston, Texas

February 16, 201814, 2023

 

[

consolidatedstatements of operations, comprehensive income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

2013 framework and our report dated February 16, 2018expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

F-2

 

F-2REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MRC Global Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MRC Global Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December31,2017 2022 and 2016,2021, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 2013 framework and our report dated February 16, 201814, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

LIFO inventory valuation

Description of the Matter

At December 31, 2022 the Company’s inventory balance was $578 million, of which $435 million was held in the U.S. As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s U.S. inventories are stated at the lower of cost, using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, or market. The Company maintains its inventory accounting records on a weighted-average cost basis and adjusts U.S. inventory and cost of goods sold from weighted-average cost to LIFO at period end.

Auditing the adjustment of U.S. inventory and cost of goods sold from weighted-average cost to LIFO was complex due to the use of multiple inflation indices across various product categories within the Company's U.S. inventory balance.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company's controls over its process to adjust U.S. inventory and cost of goods sold from weighted-average cost to LIFO. 

To test the LIFO inventory balance, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the underlying data used to adjust the weighted-average cost inventory balances to LIFO. We also tested the mathematical accuracy of the Company’s calculations.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.

Houston, Texas

February 16, 201814, 2023

 

F-3

 


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

MRC GLOBAL INC.

(in millions, except shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

2017

 

2016

 

2022

  

2021

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

    

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

48 

 

$

109  $32  $48 

Accounts receivable, net

 

522 

 

 

399  501  379 

Inventories, net

 

701 

 

 

561  578  453 

Other current assets

 

47 

 

 

48   31   19 

Total current assets

 

1,318 

 

 

1,117  1,142  899 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term assets:

 

Operating lease assets

 202  191 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 82  91 

Other assets

 

21 

 

 

19  22  22 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

147 

 

 

135 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill, net

 

486 

 

 

482  264  264 

Other intangible assets, net

 

368 

 

 

411   183   204 

 

 

 

 

 

 $1,895  $1,671 

$

2,340 

 

$

2,164  

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

    

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

$

415 

 

$

314  $410  $321 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

143 

 

 

111  115  80 

Operating lease liabilities

 36  33 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

 

  3   2 

Total current liabilities

 

562 

 

 

433  564  436 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net

 

522 

 

 

406  337  295 

Operating lease liabilities

 182  177 

Deferred income taxes

 

106 

 

 

184  49  53 

Other liabilities

 

36 

 

 

23  22  32 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.5% Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized

 

 

 

 

 

363,000 shares; 363,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

355 

 

 

355 

6.5% Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 363,000 shares; 363,000 shares issued and outstanding

 355  355 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 500 million shares authorized,

 

 

 

 

 

103,099,692 and 102,529,637 issued, respectively

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 500 million shares authorized, 107,864,421 and 107,284,171 issued, respectively

 1  1 

Additional paid-in capital

 

1,691 

 

 

1,677  1,758  1,747 

Retained deficit

 

(548)

 

 

(574) (768) (819)

Treasury stock at cost: 11,751,726 and 7,677,580 shares, respectively

 

(175)

 

 

(107)

Treasury stock at cost: 24,216,330 shares

 (375) (375)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(210)

 

 

(234)  (230)  (231)

 

759 

 

 

763   386   323 

$

2,340 

 

$

2,164  $1,895  $1,671 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

MRC GLOBAL INC.

(in millions, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Sales

$

3,646 

 

$

3,041 

 

$

4,529 

 

 $3,363  $2,666  $2,560 

Cost of sales

 

3,064 

 

 

2,573 

 

 

3,743 

 

  2,753   2,249   2,129 

Gross profit

 

582 

 

 

468 

 

 

786 

 

 610  417  431 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

536 

 

 

524 

 

 

606 

 

 470  410  449 

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

462 

 

        242 

Operating income (loss)

 

46 

 

 

(56)

 

 

(282)

 

 140  7  (260)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (expense) income:

 

Interest expense

 

(31)

 

 

(35)

 

 

(48)

 

 (24) (23) (28)

Write off of debt issuance costs

 

(8)

 

 

(1)

 

 

(3)

 

Other, net

 

 -

 

 

 

 

(9)

 

  (6)  2   5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

 

(91)

 

 

(342)

 

 110  (14) (283)

Income tax benefit

 

(43)

 

 

(8)

 

 

(11)

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  35      (9)

Net income (loss)

 

50 

 

 

(83)

 

 

(331)

 

 75  (14) (274)

Series A preferred stock dividends

 

24 

 

 

24 

 

 

13 

 

  24   24   24 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

$

26 

 

$

(107)

 

$

(344)

 

 $51  $(38) $(298)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

 

$               0.28

 

 

$              (1.10)

 

 

$              (3.38)

 

 $0.61 $(0.46) $(3.63)

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

 

$               0.27

 

 

$              (1.10)

 

 

$              (3.38)

 

 $0.60  $(0.46) $(3.63)

Weighted-average common shares, basic

 

94.3 

 

 

97.3 

 

 

102.1 

 

 83.5  82.5  82.0 

Weighted-average common shares, diluted

 

95.6 

 

 

97.3 

 

 

102.1 

 

 84.9  82.5  82.0 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

MRC GLOBAL INC.

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Net income (loss)

$

50 

 

$

(83)

 

$

(331) $75  $(14) $(274)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

24 

 

 

(2)

 

 

(95) (5) (3) 2 

Pension related adjustments

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

24 

 

 

(2)

 

 

(95)

Hedge accounting adjustments, net of tax

  6   6   (4)

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

  1   3   (2)

Comprehensive income (loss)

$

74 

 

$

(85)

 

$

(426) $76  $(11) $(276)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

MRC GLOBAL INC.

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                   

Accumulated

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

       

Additional

          

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

Common Stock

  

Paid-in

  

Retained

  

Treasury Stock

  

Comprehensive

  

Stockholders'

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-in

 

Retained

 

Treasury Stock

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders'

 

Shares

  

Amount

  

Capital

  

(Deficit)

  

Shares

  

Amount

  

(Loss)

  

Equity

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

(Deficit)

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

(Loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

102 

 

$

 

$

1,656 

 

$

(123)

 

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

(137)

 

$

1,397 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 106  1  1,731  (483) (24) (375) (232) 642 

Net loss

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(331)

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(331)       (274)       (274)

Foreign currency translation

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(95)

 

 

(95)             2  2 

Hedge accounting adjustments

             (4) (4)

Shares withheld for taxes

     (4)         (4)

Equity-based compensation expense

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10      12          12 

Dividends declared on preferred stock

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(13)

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(13)           (24)           (24)

Purchase of common stock

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

(1)

 

 

(12)

 

 

 -

 

 

(12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

102 

 

 

 

 

1,666 

 

 

(467)

 

(1)

 

 

(12)

 

 

(232)

 

 

956 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 106  1  1,739  (781) (24) (375) (234) 350 

Net loss

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(83)

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(83)       (14)       (14)

Foreign currency translation

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(2)

 

 

(2)             (3) (3)

Hedge accounting adjustments

             6  6 

Shares withheld for taxes

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1)

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1)     (4)         (4)

Equity-based compensation expense

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

12 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

12      12          12 

Exercise of stock options

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

Tax expense on equity-based compensation

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1)

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(1)

Dividends declared on preferred stock

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(24)

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(24)           (24)           (24)

Purchase of common stock

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

(7)

 

 

(95)

 

 

 -

 

 

(95)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

102 

 

 

 

 

1,677 

 

 

(574)

 

(8)

 

 

(107)

 

 

(234)

 

 

763 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 106  1  1,747  (819) (24) (375) (231) 323 

Net income

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

50 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

50        75        75 

Foreign currency translation

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

24 

 

 

24              (5) (5)

Hedge accounting adjustments

             6  6 

Vesting of restricted stock

 2               

Shares withheld for taxes

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(3)

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(3)     (2)         (2)

Equity-based compensation expense

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

16 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

16      13          13 

Exercise and vesting of stock awards

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

Dividends declared on preferred stock

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(24)

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(24)           (24)           (24)

Purchase of common stock

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

(4)

 

 

(68)

 

 

 -

 

 

(68)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

103 

 

$

 

$

1,691 

 

$

(548)

 

(12)

 

$

(175)

 

$

(210)

 

$

759 

Balance at December 31, 2022

  108  $1  $1,758  $(768)  (24) $(375) $(230) $386 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

MRC GLOBAL INC.  

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in millions)

Year Ended December 31,

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Net income (loss)

$

50 

 

$

(83)

 

$

(331) $75  $(14) $(274)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

22 

 

 

22 

 

 

21  18  19  20 

Amortization of intangibles

 

45 

 

 

47 

 

 

60  21  24  26 

Equity-based compensation expense

 

16 

 

 

12 

 

 

10  13  12  12 

Deferred income tax benefit

 

(78)

 

 

(23)

 

 

(87) (7) (15) (21)

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 1  2  1 

Increase (decrease) in LIFO reserve

 66  77  (19)

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

     242 

Lease impairment and abandonment

     14 

Inventory-related charges

 

 

 

45 

 

 

 -

     46 

Write off of debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

462 

Increase (decrease) in LIFO reserve

 

28 

 

 

(14)

 

 

(53)

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

Provision for uncollectible accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency (gains) losses

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

Provision for credit losses

   (1) 2 

Gain on sale leaseback

     (5)

Other non-cash items

 

 

 

 

 

 3    (3)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(118)

 

 

128 

 

 

412  (128) (61) 141 

Inventories

 

(168)

 

 

141 

 

 

419  (196) (27) 173 

Other current assets

 

10 

 

 

(23)

 

 

 (9) (2) 7 

Income taxes payable

 

 -

 

 

 

 

(13)

Accounts payable

 

93 

 

 

(13)

 

 

(198) 90  60  (98)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

31 

 

 

(8)

 

 

(40)  33   (18)  (3)

Net cash (used in) provided by operations

 

(48)

 

 

253 

 

 

690   (20)  56   261 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

(30)

 

 

(33)

 

 

(39) (11) (10) (11)

Proceeds from the disposition of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

   3  30 

Proceeds from the disposition of non-core product lines

 

 -

 

 

48 

 

 

 -

Other investing activities

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(3)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(27)

 

 

16 

 

 

(41)  (11)  (7)  19 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Payments on revolving credit facilities

 

(696)

 

 

(41)

 

 

(1,343) (779) (389) (819)

Proceeds from revolving credit facilities

 

825 

 

 

41 

 

 

670  824  389  658 

Payments on long-term obligations

 

(18)

 

 

(108)

 

 

(258) (2) (87) (6)

Debt issuance costs paid

 

(8)

 

 

 -

 

 

(1)   (3)  

Purchases of common stock

 

(68)

 

 

(95)

 

 

(12)

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

355 

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

(24)

 

 

(24)

 

 

(10) (24) (24) (24)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 -

Repurchases of shares to satisfy tax withholdings

 

(3)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

  (2)  (4)  (4)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

 

(226)

 

 

(599)  17   (118)  (195)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash

 

(66)

 

 

43 

 

 

50  (14) (69) 85 

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

(6) (2) (2) 2 

Cash beginning of year

 

109 

 

 

69 

 

 

25   48   119   32 

Cash end of year

$

48 

 

$

109 

 

$

69  $32  $48  $119 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

$

27 

 

$

30 

 

$

43  $21  $21  $27 

Cash paid for income taxes

$

35 

 

$

11 

 

$

90  $35  $15  $3 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-8See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MRC GLOBAL INC.

December 31, 20172022

NOTE 1—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Operations:MRC Global Inc. is a holding company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Our wholly owned subsidiaries are global distributors of pipe, valves, fittings (“PVF”) and relatedinfrastructure products and services across each of the upstream (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and gas), midstream (gathering and transmission of oil and gas, gas utilities, and the storage and distribution of oil and gas) and downstream (crude oil refining and petrochemical processing) sectors. following sectors:

gas utilities (storage and distribution of natural gas)
downstream, industrial and energy transition (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, general industrials and energy transition projects)
upstream production (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and gas)
midstream pipeline (gathering, processing and transmission of oil and gas)

We have branchesservice centers in principal industrial, chemical, gas distribution and hydrocarbon producing and refining areas throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, Australasia and the Middle East and Caspian. OurEast. We obtain products are obtained from a broad range of suppliers.

Basis of Presentation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MRC Global Inc. and its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Company”“Company” or by such terms as “we,” “our” or “us”). All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. We believe that our most significant estimates and assumptions are related to estimatedassociated with estimating losses on accounts receivable, the last-in, first-outfirst-out (“LIFO”) inventory costing methodology, estimatedestimating net realizable value on excess and obsolete inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred taxes and self-insurance programs. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents: We consider all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful AccountsCredit Losses: We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses on receivables based upon periodic evaluation of accounts that may have a higher credit risk using information available about the customer and other relevant data. This formal analysis is inherently subjective and requires us to make significant estimates of factors affecting doubtful accountscredit losses including customer specific information, current economic conditions, volume, growth and composition of the account, and other factors such as financial statements, news reports and published credit ratings. The amount of the allowance for the remainder of the trade balance is not evaluated individually but is based upon historical loss experience. Because this process is subjective and based on estimates, ultimate losses may differ from those estimates. Receivable balances are written off when we determine that the balance is uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance when received. The provision for credit losses on receivables is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Inventories: Our U.S. inventories are valued at the lower of cost, principally LIFO, or market. We believe that the use of LIFO results in a better matching of costs and revenue. This practice excludes certain inventories, which areInventories held outside of the United States, approximating $168$143 million and $164$118 million at December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, respectively, which are valued at the lower of weighted-average cost or market.net realizable value. Our inventory is substantially comprised of finished goods.

 

Reserves for excess and obsolete inventories are determined based on analyses comparing inventories on hand to historical sales activity over time.activity. The reserve, which totaled $34$19 million at both December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, is the amount deemed necessary to reduce the cost of the inventory to its estimated net realizable value.

Debt Issuance Costs: We defer costs directly related to obtaining financing

Property, Plant and amortize them over the term of the indebtedness on a straight-line basis. The use of the straight-line method does not produce results that are materially different from those which would result from the use of the effective interest method. These amounts are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations as a component of interest expense.  Debt issuance costs associated with our Global ABL Facility are presented in other assets and totaled $3 million and $6 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Debt issuance costs associated with our Term Loan are presented as a reduction of the carrying amount of the debt liability and totaled $2 million and $3 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Fixed AssetsEquipment: Land, buildings Property, plant and equipment are stated on the basis ofrecorded at cost. For financial statement purposes, depreciationDepreciation is computed overprovided using the estimated useful lives of such assets principally by the straight-line method; accelerated depreciation and cost recovery methods are used for income tax purposes.method. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvements. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in income for the period. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

F-9

 


Certain systems development costs related to the purchase, development and installation of computer software are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the related asset. Costs incurred prior to the development stage, as well as maintenance, training costs and general and administrative expenses are expensed as incurred.

F- 10

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. We evaluate goodwill for impairment at fourthe reporting units (U.S. Eastern Region and Gulf Coast, U.S. Western Region, Canada and International).unit level. Within each reporting unit, we have elected to aggregate the component countries and regions into a single reporting unit based on their similar economic characteristics, products, customers, suppliers, methods of distribution and the manner in which we operate each reporting unit. We perform our annual tests for indications of goodwill impairment as of October 1st of each year, updating on an interim basis should indications of impairment exist. Our annual impairment test may be performed utilizing either a qualitative or quantitative assessment; however, if a qualitative assessment is performed and we determine that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not (i.e. a likelihood of more than 50 percent) to be less than its carrying amount, a quantitative test is performed.

The goodwill impairment test compares the carrying value of the reporting unit that has the goodwill with the estimated fair value of that reporting unit. IfTo the extent the carrying value of a reporting unit is moregreater than theits estimated fair value, a second stepgoodwill impairment charge is performed, whereby we calculaterecorded for the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the reporting unit from the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. Impairment losses are recognizeddifference, up to the extent that recorded goodwill exceeds impliedcarrying value of goodwill. Our impairment methodology uses discounted cash flow and multiples of cash earnings valuation techniques, acquisition control premium and valuation comparisons to similar businesses. Each of these methods involves Level 3 unobservable market inputs and requirerequires us to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding future operating results, the extent and timing of future cash flows, working capital, sales prices, profitability, discount rates and growth trends. While we believe that such assumptions and estimates are reasonable, the actual results may differ materially from the projected results.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Similar to goodwill, our annual impairment test may be performed utilizing either a qualitative or quantitative assessment; however, if a qualitative assessment is performed and we determine that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is more likely than (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50 percent) to be less than its carrying amount, a quantitative test is performed. This test compares the carrying value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets with their estimated fair value. If the carrying value is more than the estimated fair value, impairment losses are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value. Our impairment methodology uses discounted cash flow and estimated royalty rate valuation techniques. Each of these methods involves Level 3 unobservable market inputs and requires us to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding future operating results, sales prices, discount rates and growth trends. While we believe that such assumptions and estimates are reasonable, the actual results may differ materially from the projected results.

Other intangible assets primarily include trade names, customer bases and noncompetition agreements resulting from business acquisitions. Other intangible assets are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Amortization is provided using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from two years to twenty years.

 

The carrying value of amortizable intangible assets is subject to an impairment test when events or circumstances indicate a possible impairment. When events or circumstances indicate a possible impairment, we assess recoverability from future operations using undiscounted cash flows derived from the lowest appropriate asset group. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment charge would be recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the fair value, which is determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis. While we believe that assumptions and estimates utilized in the impairment analysis are reasonable, the actual results may differ materially from the projected results. These impairments are determined prior to performing our goodwill impairment test.

Derivatives and Hedging: From time to time, we utilize interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to potential interest rate increases. Changes inWe have designated our interest rate swap as an effective cash flow hedge utilizing the guidance under ASU 2017-12. As such, the valuation of the interest rate swap is recorded as an asset or liability, and the gain or loss on the derivative is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. Interest rate swap agreements are reported on the accompanying balance sheets at fair valuesvalue utilizing observable Level 2 inputs such as yield curves and other market-based factors. We obtain dealer quotations to value our interest rate swap agreements. The fair value of our derivative instruments areinterest rate swap is estimated based upon independenton the present value of the difference between expected cash flows calculated at the contracted interest rates and the expected cash flows at current market quotes.interest rates.

We utilize foreign exchange forward contracts (exchange contracts) and options to manage our foreign exchange rate risks resulting from purchase commitments and sales orders. Changes in the fair values of our exchange contracts are based upon independent market quotes. We do not designate our exchange contracts as hedging instruments; therefore, we record our exchange contracts on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with the gains and losses recognized in earnings in the period of change.

F- 11

Fair Value: We measure certain of our assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. A three-tierthree-tier fair value hierarchy is established as a basis for considering suchthese assumptions for inputs used in the valuation methodologies tofor measuring fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

F-10

 


Level 2: Significant observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability (including all assumptions about risk).

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets. We do not measure these assets at fair value on an ongoing basis; however, these assets are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances, such as when there is evidence ofwe recognize an impairment.

Our impairment methodology for goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets uses both (i) a discounted cash flow analysis requiring certain assumptions and estimates to be made regarding the extent and timing of future cash flows, discount rates and growth trends and (ii) valuation based on our publicly traded common stock. As all of the assumptions employed to measure these assets and liabilities on a nonrecurring basis are based on management’s judgment using internal and external data, these fair value determinations are classified as Level 3. We have not elected to apply the fair value option to any of our eligible financial assets and liabilities.

Insurance: We are self-insured for U.S. employee healthcare as well as physical damage to automobiles that we own, lease or rent, and product warranty and recall liabilities. In addition, we maintain a deductible/retention program as it relates to insurance for property, inventory, workers’ compensation, automobile liability, asbestos claims, general liability claims (including, among others, certain product liability claims for property damage, death or injury) and cybersecurity claims. These programs have deductibles and self-insured retentions ranging from $0 millionup to $5 million and are secured by various letters of credit totaling $6 million. Our estimated liability and related expenses for claims are based in part upon estimates that insurance carriers, third-partythird-party administrators and actuaries provide. We believe that insurance reserves are sufficient to cover outstanding claims, including those incurred but not reported as of the estimation date. Further, we maintain commercially reasonable umbrella/excess policy coverage in excess of the primary limits. We do not have excess coverage for physical damage to automobiles that we own, lease or rent, and product warranty and recall liabilities. Our accrued liabilities related to deductibles/retentions under insurance programs (other than employee healthcare) were $8$6 million and $7 million as of December 31, 20172022 and 2016.2021. In the area of employee healthcare, we have a commercially reasonable excess stop loss protection on a per person per year basis. Reserves for self-insurance accrued liabilities for employee healthcare were $3$2 million as of December 31, 20172022 and 2016. 2021.

Income Taxes: We use the liability methodaccount for determining our income taxes under which current and deferred tax liabilities and assets are recorded in accordance withthe liability method using currently enacted tax laws and rates. Under this method, the amounts of deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period are determined using the tax rate expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the tax rate expected to be in effect when the taxes will actually be paid or refunds received. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets is established when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

In determining the need for valuation allowances and our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets, we consider and make judgments regarding all the available positive and negative evidence, including the timing of the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, estimated future taxable income, ongoing, prudent and feasible tax planning strategies and recent financial results of operations. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable,valuation allowances, however, could be adjusted in the future if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present in certain jurisdictions and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.

Our tax provision is based upon our expected taxable income and statutory rates in effect in each country in which we operate. We are subject to the jurisdiction of numerous domestic and foreign tax authorities, as well as to tax agreements and treaties among these governments. Determination of taxable income in any jurisdiction requires the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding significant future events such as the amount, timing and character of deductions, permissible revenue recognition methods under the tax law and the sources and character of income and tax credits. Changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, foreign currency exchange restrictions or our level of operations or profitability in each taxing jurisdiction could have an impact on the amount of income taxes we provide during any given year.

A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits. We adjust these liabilities when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax

F-11


liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which the new information is available. We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax positions as income taxes in our financial statements.

We currently have the intent and ability to indefinitely reinvest the cash held by our non-Canadian foreign subsidiaries and, pending further analysis of the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, there are currently no plans for the repatriation of those amounts.  As such, no deferred income taxes have been provided for differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis inherent in these foreign subsidiaries.

In the first quarter of 2017, we adopted ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation, which simplified the accounting for taxes related to stock based compensation. Under the standard, excess tax benefits and certain tax deficiencies are no longer recorded in additional paid-in capital (“APIC”), and APIC pools are eliminated.  Instead, all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies are recorded as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement.  In addition, excess tax benefits are presented as operating activities rather than financing activities in the statement of cash flows.  For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a tax benefit of $2million related to the vesting of stock awards. The impacts of this standard are reflected in the consolidated financial statements on a prospective basis.

 

F- 12

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions: The functional currency of our foreign operations is the applicable local currency. The cumulative effects of translating the balance sheet accounts from the functional currency into the U.S. dollar at current exchange rates are included in accumulated other comprehensive income. The balance sheet accounts (with the exception of stockholders’ equity) are translated using current exchange rates as of the balance sheet date. Stockholders’ equity is translated at historical exchange rates and revenue and expense accounts are translated using a weighted-average exchange rate during the year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

Equity-Based Compensation: Our equity-based compensation consisted and consists of restricted stock, restricted unit awards, performance share unit awards and nonqualified stock options of our Company.options. The cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of an equity instrument is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Our policyEquity-based compensation cost is to expense equity-based compensation usingmeasured at the fair-valuegrant-date fair value of awards granted, modifiedthe award and is recognized over the shorter of the vesting period or settled.the remaining requisite service period. Restricted units and restricted stock are credited to equity as they are expensed over their vesting periods based on the grant date value of the shares vested. The fair value of nonqualified stock options is measured on the grant date of the related equity instrument using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. A Monte Carlo simulation is completed to estimate the fair value of performance share unit awards with a stock price performance component. We expense the fair value of all equity grants, including performance share unit awards, on a straight line basis over the vesting period.

Revenue Recognition: Sales to our principal customers are made pursuant to agreements that normally provide for transfer of legal title and risk upon shipment. We recognize revenue aswhen we transfer control of promised goods or services to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. We recognize substantially all of our revenue when products are shipped title has transferredor delivered to our customers, and payment is due from our customers at the customertime of billing with a majority of our customers having 30-day terms. We estimate and the customer assumes the risks and rewardsrecord returns as a reduction of ownership, and collectability is reasonably assured. Freight charges billed to customers are reflected in revenue. Return allowances are estimated using historical experience. Amounts received in advance of shipment are deferred and recognized as revenue when the productsperformance obligations are shipped and title is transferred.satisfied. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and, therefore, are excludedwe exclude these taxes from net sales in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In some cases, particularly with third party pipe shipments, we consider shipping and handling costs to be separate performance obligations, and as such, we record the revenue and cost of sales when the performance obligation is fulfilled. Our contracts with customers ordinarily involve performance obligations that are one year or less. Therefore, we have applied the optional exemption that permits the omission of information about our unfulfilled performance obligations as of the balance sheet dates.

Cost of Sales: Cost of sales includes the cost of inventory sold and related items, such as vendor rebates, inventory allowances and reserves, and shipping and handling costs associated with inbound and outbound freight, as well as depreciation and amortization and amortization of intangible assets. Certain purchasing costs and warehousing activities (including receiving, inspection and stocking costs), as well as general warehousing expenses, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and not in cost of sales. As such, our gross profit may not be comparable to others that may include these expenses as a component of cost of sales. Purchasing and warehousing costs approximated $29 million, $30 million, and $37 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

Earnings per Share: Basic earnings per share are computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, excluding any dilutive effects of unexercised stock options, unvested restricted stock awards, unvested restricted stock unit awards, unvested performance share unit awards, and shares of preferred stock. Diluted earnings per share are computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding including any dilutive effect of unexercised stock options, unvested restricted stock awards, unvested restricted stock unit awards, unvested performance share unit awards, and shares of preferred stock. The dilutive effect of unexercised stock options and unvested restricted stock is calculated under the treasury stock method. Equity awards and shares of preferred stock are disregarded in the calculations of diluted earnings per share if they are determined to be anti-dilutive.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of our business activity is with customers in the energy sector. In the normal course of business, we grant credit to these customers in the form of trade accounts receivable. These receivables could potentially subject us to

F-12


concentrations of credit risk; however, we minimize this risk by closely monitoring extensions of trade credit. We generally do not require collateral on trade receivables. We have a broad customer base doing business in many regions of the world. During 2017,  20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, we did not have sales to any one customer in excess of 10% of sales. At those respective year-ends, no individual customer balances exceeded 10% of accounts receivable.

We have a broad supplier base, sourcing our products in most regions of the world. During 2017,  20162022, 2021 and 2015,2020, we did not have purchases from any one vendor in excess of 10% of our inventory purchases. At those respective year-ends no individual vendor balance exceeded 10% of accounts payable.

We maintain the majority of our cash and cash equivalents with several financial institutions. These financial institutions are located in many different geographical regions with varying economic characteristics and risks. Deposits held with banks may exceed insurance limits. We believe the risk of loss associated with our cash equivalents to be remote.

Segment Reporting:

F- 13

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: In August 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options and Derivative Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) ("ASU 2020-06"), which simplifies guidance on the topics of convertible instruments, derivative contracts and earnings per share calculations. This accounting standard update, which we adopted as of January 1, 2022, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In the fourth quarter 2022, we early adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No.2020-04,Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that the discontinuation of certain reference rates, including the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), impacts. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2—REVENUE RECOGNITION

Contract Balances: Variations in the timing of revenue recognition, invoicing and receipt of payment result in categories of assets and liabilities that include invoiced accounts receivable, uninvoiced accounts receivable, contract assets and deferred revenue (contract liabilities) on the consolidated balance sheets.

Generally, revenue recognition and invoicing occur simultaneously as we transfer control of promised goods or services to our customers. We consider contract assets to be accounts receivable when we have an unconditional right to consideration and only the passage of time is required before payment is due. In certain cases, particularly those involving customer-specific documentation requirements, invoicing is delayed until we are able to meet the documentation requirements. In these cases, we recognize a contract asset separate from accounts receivable until those requirements are met, and we are able to invoice the customer. Our business is comprisedcontract asset balance associated with these requirements, as of four operating segments: U.S. Eastern RegionDecember 31, 2022 and Gulf Coast, U.S. Western Region, CanadaDecember 31, 2021, was $24 million and International. Our International segment consists$12 million, respectively. These contract asset balances are included within accounts receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

We record contract liabilities, or deferred revenue, when cash payments are received from customers in advance of our operations outsideperformance, including amounts which are refundable. The deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was $9 million and $4 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2022 we recognized $3 million of the U.S.revenue that was deferred as of December 31, 2021. Deferred revenue balances are included within accrued expenses and Canada. These segments representother current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Disaggregated Revenue: Our disaggregated revenue represents our business of selling PVF to the energy sector across each of the gas utilities (storage and distribution of natural gas), downstream, industrial and energy transition (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, general industrials and energy transition projects), upstream production (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and gas), and midstream pipeline (gathering, processing and transmission of oil and gas, gas utilities, and the storage and distribution of oil and gas) and downstream (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing and general industrials) markets.  Our two U.S. operating segments have been aggregated into a single reportable segment based on their economic similarities.  As a result, we report segment information for the U.S., Canada and International.

Recently Issued Accounting StandardsIn May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard, which will supersede previous existing revenue recognition guidance. The Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) also provides guidance on accounting for certain contract costs and requires new disclosures. During 2016, the FASB issued additional clarification guidance on the new revenue recognition standard, which also included certain scope improvements and practical expedients. The standard (including clarification guidance issued) is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and allows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective adoption.  We have completed a formal review of contracts with nearly 100sectors in each of our largest customers, based on revenue, which represented approximately 76%reportable segments. Each of 2017 revenue.  This review encompassed customers from a wide variety ofour end markets and geographiesgeographical reportable segments are impacted and involved inquiry of salesinfluenced by varying factors, including macroeconomic environment, commodity prices, maintenance and operations personnel responsible for servicing these accountscapital spending and exploration and production activity. As such, we believe that this information is important in addition to review ofdepicting the contracts.  The balancenature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenue is derived from thousandscontracts with customers.

F- 14

The following table presents our revenue recognition; however, our disclosures will be expanded to address the qualitative and quantitative requirements of the new standard.  We expect to finalize our analysis and related documentation and to adopt the standard in the first quarter of 2018 and have determined that we will utilize the modified retrospective transition method.  We have enhanced our internal control processes to address both the implementation and ongoing application of the standard.  No significant modifications of our systems have been required.disaggregated by revenue source (in millions):

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which will replace the existing guidance in ASC 870, Leases.  This ASU requires a dual approach for lessee accounting under which a lessee would account for leases as finance leases or operating leases.  Both finance leases and operating leases will result in the lessee recognizing a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability.  For finance leases, the lessee would recognize interest expense and amortization of the right-of-use asset, and for operating leases, the lessee would recognize a straight-line total lease expense.  This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods of public entities beginning after December 15, 2018.  We are in the process of evaluating the effect of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in ASU 2017-04 eliminate the current two-step approach used to test goodwill for impairment and require an entity to apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit's carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 is effective for fiscal years, including interim periods within, beginning after December 15, 2019 (upon the first goodwill impairment test performed during that fiscal year). Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. A reporting entity must apply the amendments in ASU 2017-04 using a prospective approach. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Scope of Modification Accounting which clarifies modification accounting for share-based payment awards should not be applied if the fair value, vesting conditions, and the classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or as a liability instrument are the same before and immediately after the modification. This standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning

F-13


Year Ended December 31,

 
                 
  

U.S.

  

Canada

  

International

  

Total

 

2022:

                

Gas utilities

 $1,247  $15  $1  $1,263 

Downstream, industrial & energy transition

  758   25   226   1,009 

Upstream production

  458   117   132   707 

Midstream pipeline

  360   9   15   384 
  $2,823  $166  $374  $3,363 

2021:

                

Gas utilities

 $995  $13  $  $1,008 

Downstream, industrial & energy transition

  560   20   203   783 

Upstream production

  321   88   133   542 

Midstream pipeline

  302   11   20   333 
  $2,178  $132  $356  $2,666 

2020:

                

Gas utilities

 $821  $11  $  $832 

Downstream, industrial & energy transition

  566   15   205   786 

Upstream production

  329   89   182   600 

Midstream pipeline

  307   13   22   342 
  $2,023  $128  $409  $2,560 

 

after December 15, 2017. Adoption will be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-09 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities which amends the hedge accounting model to better portray an organization’s risk management activities in the financial statements. In addition, the ASU simplifies the application of certain hedge accounting guidance. This standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-12 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2—TRANSACTIONS 

In February 2016, we completed the disposition of our U.S. oil country tubular goods (“OCTG”) product line for $48 million. As a result of this transaction, we incurred a loss of $5 million that was reflected in our fourth quarter 2015 results.  Net of reserves, including LIFO and an adjustment to write the inventory down to its net realizable value, the carrying value of the U.S. OCTG inventories as of December 31, 2015 was $50 million.

NOTE 3—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

The rollforwardroll forward of our allowance for doubtful accountscredit losses is as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Beginning balance

$

 

$

 

$

 $2  $2  $4 

Net charge-offs

 

 -

 

 

(4)

 

 

(3)

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

     (1)  2 

Net charge-offs and other

   1  (4)

Ending balance

$

 

$

 

$

 $2  $2  $2 

Our accounts receivable is also presented net of sales returns and allowances. Those allowances approximated $1$0 million at December31, 20172022 and 2016.$1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

NOTE 4—INVENTORIES

The composition of our inventory is as follows (in millions):



 

 

 

 

 



December 31,



2017

 

2016

Finished goods inventory at average cost:

 

 

 

 

 

Valves, automation, measurement and instrumentation

$

292 

 

$

225 

Carbon steel pipe, fittings and flanges

 

268 

 

 

202 

All other products

 

270 

 

 

235 



 

830 

 

 

662 

Less: Excess of average cost over LIFO cost (LIFO reserve)

 

(95)

 

 

(67)

Less: Other inventory reserves

 

(34)

 

 

(34)



$

701 

 

$

561 

Our inventory quantities were reduced during 2016, resulting in a liquidation of a last-in, first out (“LIFO”) inventory layer that was carried at a lower cost prevailing from a prior year, as compared with current costs in the current year (a “LIFO decrement”). A LIFO decrement results in the erosion of layers created in earlier years, and, therefore, a LIFO layer is not created for years that have decrements. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the effect of this LIFO decreased cost of sales by $14 million.

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we incurred an inventory charge of $6 million in our International segment associated with a decision to reduce our local presence in Iraq.    In the third quarter of 2016, we incurred inventory-related charges totaling $45 million.  These charges reflect adjustments necessary to reduce the carrying value of certain products determined to be excess or obsolete to their estimated net realizable value based on our then current market outlook for those products.  This amount included $24 million in the

F-14

 


  

December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

 

Finished goods inventory at average cost:

        

Valves, automation, measurement and instrumentation

 $271  $240 

Carbon steel pipe, fittings and flanges

  201   151 

Gas products

  257   184 

All other products

  147   110 
   876   685 

Less: Excess of average cost over LIFO cost (LIFO reserve)

  (279)  (213)

Less: Other inventory reserves

  (19)  (19)
  $578  $453 

 

F- 15

International segment primarily related to a restructuring of our Australian business and market conditions in Iraq.  In addition, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory were increased in the U.S. and Canada by $16 million and $5 million, respectively.

NOTE 5—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

December 31,



Depreciable Life

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

Land and improvements

-

 

$

15 

 

$

15 

Building and building improvements

40 years

 

 

61 

 

 

63 

Machinery and equipment

3 to 10 years

 

 

146 

 

 

140 

Enterprise resource planning software

10 years

 

 

56 

 

 

32 

Software in progress

-

 

 

 

 

14 



 

 

 

279 

 

 

264 

Allowances for depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(132)

 

 

(129)



 

 

$

147 

 

$

135 

      

December 31,

 
  

Depreciable Life (in years)

  

2022

  

2021

 

Land and improvements

    $2  $2 

Building and building improvements

  40   42   42 

Machinery and equipment

  3 to 10   124   131 

Enterprise resource planning software

  10   70   63 

Software in progress

     5   2 
       243   240 

Allowances for depreciation and amortization

      (161)  (149)
      $82  $91 

 

Building and building improvements include $8$9 million of non-cash leasehold improvements representing lease incentives as of December 31, 2017.2022 and December 31, 2021.

 

NOTE 6—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 20152020 are as follows (in millions):

 

  

US

  

Canada

  

International

  

Total

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2020 (1)

  264         264 

Impairment

            

Effect of foreign currency translation

            
                 

Goodwill at December 31, 2021

  264         264 

Impairment

            

Effect of foreign currency translation

            

Goodwill at December 31, 2022

 $264  $  $  $264 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

US

 

Canada

 

International

 

Total

Goodwill at December 31, 2014 (1)

 

$

552 

 

$

 -

 

$

254 

 

$

806 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

(109)

 

 

 -

 

 

(183)

 

 

(292)

Other

 

 

(2)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(2)

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(28)

 

 

(28)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2015

 

$

441 

 

$

 -

 

$

43 

 

$

484 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(2)

 

 

(2)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2016

 

$

441 

 

$

 -

 

$

41 

 

$

482 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2017

 

$

441 

 

$

 -

 

$

45 

 

$

486 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

(1)

Net of prior years’ accumulated impairment losses of $241$527 million, $69 million and $69$223 million in the U.S., Canada and CanadianInternational segments, respectively.

F- 16

F-15Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 


In 2020, demand for oil and natural gas declined sharply as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. This disruption in demand and the resulting decline in the price of oil had a dramatic negative impact on our business. We experienced a significant reduction in sales beginning in April 2020, which continued throughout the second quarter. At that time, there remained ongoing uncertainty around the timing and extent of any recovery. We took a more pessimistic long-term outlook due to the significant reduction in the demand for oil, the implications of that demand destruction on the price of oil for an extended period of time and actions our customers had taken to curtail costs and reduce spending. As a result of those developments, we concluded that it was more likely than not the fair values of our U.S. and International reporting units were lower than their carrying values. Accordingly, we completed an interim goodwill impairment test as of April 30, 2020. This test resulted in a $217 million goodwill impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2020, comprised of $177 million in our U.S. reporting unit and $40 million in our International reporting unit.

 

In connection with our annual goodwill impairment tests as of October 1, 2022, 2021 and 2020, we performed a qualitative assessment of the carrying value of the remaining goodwill for our U.S. reporting unit. This assessment took into consideration changes in the broader economy, our industry and our business since the interim quantitative impairment test as of April 30, 2020. Based on our assessment, we concluded there was no additional impairment of our goodwill.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets by major classification consist of the following (in millions):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

Amortization

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Net Book



 

 

Period (in years)

 

Gross

 

Amortization

 

Value

December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer base (1)

 

 

16.2

 

$

665 

 

$

(429)

 

$

236 

Indefinite lived trade names (2)

 

 

N/A

 

 

132 

 

 

 -

 

 

132 



 

 

 

 

$

797 

 

$

(429)

 

$

368 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer base (1)

 

 

16.4

 

$

669 

 

$

(390)

 

$

279 

Amortizable trade names

 

 

N/A

 

 

12 

 

 

(12)

 

 

 -

Indefinite lived trade names (2)

 

 

N/A

 

 

132 

 

 

 -

 

 

132 



 

 

 

 

$

813 

 

$

(402)

 

$

411 

 

      

Accumulated

  

Net Book

 
  

Gross

  

Amortization

  

Value

 

December 31, 2022

            

Customer base (1)

 $369  $(293) $76 

Indefinite lived trade names (2)

  107      107 
  $476  $(293) $183 
             

December 31, 2021

            

Customer base (1)

 $375  $(278) $97 

Indefinite lived trade names (2)

  107      107 
  $482  $(278) $204 


(1)

(1)

Net of accumulated impairment losses of $42 million as of December 31, 20172022 and 2016.  2021.

(2)

(2)

Net of accumulated impairment losses of $204$229 million as of December 31, 20172022 and 2016.2021.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

With the continued decline in commodity prices and activity levels in late 2015, we performed an assessment of current market conditions and our future long-term expectations of oil and gas markets as of December 31, 2015 and concluded it was more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units were lower than their carrying values.  Our assessment took into consideration, among other things, significant further reductions in projected spending by our customers in 2016 and a more pessimistic long-term outlook for the price of oil and natural gas, and the resulting impact on our 2016 budget and long-term financial forecast.   As a result of this assessment, we completed an interim impairment test as of December 31, 2015.  This test resulted in an impairment charge of $292 million comprised of $109 million in our U.S. reporting unit and $183 million in our International reporting unit.  No impairment charges were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. In these years, the estimated fair value of each of our reporting units substantially exceeded their carrying values.

As a result of the same factors that necessitated an interim impairment test for goodwill, we completed an interim impairment test, for indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2015.April 30, 2020, for our U.S. indefinite-lived tradename asset. This test resulted in an impairment charge of $128$25 million associated with our trade name.  No impairment charges were recognized during the yearsyear ended December 31, 20172020. The remaining balance of the indefinite-lived tradename was $107 million as of December 31, 2020. The U.S. tradename is our only indefinite-lived intangible asset.

Our impairment test uses discounted cash flow and 2016.  In these years,multiples of cash earnings valuation techniques, acquisition control premium and valuation comparisons to similar businesses to determine the estimated fair value of a reporting unit. Each of these methods involves Level 3 unobservable market inputs and require us to make certain assumptions and estimates including future operating results, the extent and timing of future cash flows, working capital requirements, sales prices, profitability, discount rates, sales growth trends and cost trends. As of April 30, 2020, the discount rates utilized to value the reporting units were in a range from 9.75% to 11.25%. We utilized third-party valuation advisors to assist us with these valuations. These impairment tests incorporate inherent uncertainties, which are difficult to predict in volatile economic environments. While we believe that our indefinite-lived intangible assets substantially exceeded their carrying value.assumptions and estimates were reasonable, actual results may differ materially from projected results which could result in the recognition of additional impairment charges in future periods.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the reduction inIn connection with our long-term financial forecast was also an indication that our amortizable intangible assets may be impaired.  We performedannual impairment tests as of that dateOctober 1, 2022, 2021 and determined that certain2020, we performed a qualitative assessment of our customer base intangible assets within our International segment were impaired.  An impairment charge of $42 million was recognized in December 2015 to reduce the carrying value of these assetsour U.S. indefinite-lived tradename asset similar to their fair value.the goodwill assessment described above. Based on our assessment, we concluded there was no additional impairment of our U.S. tradename asset.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

 

Total amortization of intangible assets for each of the years ending December 31, 20182023, to 20222027 is currently estimated as follows (in millions):

 

2023

  20 

2024

  19 

2025

  18 

2026

  18 

2027

  1 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

$

44 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

41 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

26 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

23 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

20 

 

 

 

 

F- 17

NOTE 7 – LEASES

 

We lease certain distribution centers, warehouses, office space, land and equipment. Substantially all of these leases are classified as operating leases. We recognize lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet.

 

F-16Many of our facility leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term from one year to 15 years with a maximum lease term of 30 years, including renewals. The exercise of lease renewal options is at our sole discretion; therefore, renewals to extend the terms of most leases are not included in our right of use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities unless they are reasonably certain of exercise. In the case of our regional distribution centers and certain corporate offices, where the renewal is reasonably certain of exercise, we include the renewal period in our lease term. Leases with escalation adjustments based on an index, such as the consumer price index, are expensed based on current rates. Leases with specified escalation steps are expensed based on the total lease obligation ratably over the life of the lease. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the expected lease term. Non-lease components, such as payment of real estate taxes, maintenance, insurance and other operating expenses, have been excluded from the determination of our lease liability.

 


As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of the lease payments using a portfolio approach. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

 

Expense associated with our operating leases was $40 million and $38 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which is classified in selling, general and administrative expenses. Cash paid for leases recognized as liabilities was $41 million and $36 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The maturity of lease liabilities is as follows (in millions):

Maturity of Operating Lease Liabilities

    

2023

 $42 

2024

  38 

2025

  31 

2026

  25 

2027

  22 

After 2027

  173 

Total lease payments

  331 

Less: Interest

  (113)

Present value of lease liabilities

 $218 

 

The term and discount rate associated with leases are as follows:

December 31,

Operating Lease Term and Discount Rate

2022

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

12

Weighted-average discount rate

6.7%

Amounts maturing after 2027 include expected renewals for leases of regional distribution centers and certain corporate offices through dates up to 2048. Excluding optional renewals, our weighted-average remaining lease term is 7 years.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, actions were taken to close a number of facilities as part of a broader plan to streamline operations and reduce costs. In connection with these closures, we incurred charges totaling $14 million related to impairments of right of use assets, lease abandonments and charges associated with contractual obligations under lease agreements. These are reflected in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of operations and amounted to $3 million, $1 million, and $10 million in our U.S., Canada and International segments, respectively.

In December 2020, we completed the sale and leaseback of certain owned office and warehouse facilities. Net proceeds from these transactions totaled $29 million and, upon the close of these transactions, we recognized a gain on the sale of the underlying assets of $5 million which is reflected in other, net income in the accompanying statement of operations. At the same time, we recorded $24 million of ROU assets and operating lease liabilities for these arrangements.

F- 18

NOTE 7—LONG-TERM8—LONG-TERM DEBT

The significant components of our long-term debt are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

2022

  

2021

 

2017

 

2016

Senior Secured Term Loan B, net of discount and issuance costs of $3 and $4, respectively

$

397 

 

$

414 

Senior Secured Term Loan B, net of discount and issuance costs of $1

 $295  $297 

Global ABL Facility

 

129 

 

 

 -

  45    

 

526 

 

 

414  340  297 

Less: current portion

 

 

 

  3   2 

$

522 

 

$

406  $337  $295 

Senior Secured Term Loan B: In September 2017, the Company entered into a Refinancing Amendment and Successor Administrative Agent Agreement relating to theMay 2018, we refinanced our Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of November 9, 2012,B by and among the Company, MRC Global (US) Inc., as the borrower, the other subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto as guarantors, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral trustee. Pursuant to the amendment, the parties thereto agreed to appoint JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the new administrative agent for the lenders.amending our existing loan agreement. As amended, the Term Loan Agreementterm loan agreement provides for a $400 million seven-yearseven-year Term Loan B (the “Term Loan”), which matures September 22, 2024. The interest rate margin applicable to term loans, in September 2024.  As a resultthe case of this amendment, we recorded a chargeloans incurring interest based on the base rate, is 200 basis points, and in the case of $5 million forloans incurring interest based on LIBOR, is 300 basis points. The base rate ‘floor’ is 1.00% and the write off of debt issuance costs for the year ended December 31, 2017.LIBOR ‘floor’ is 0.00%. 

Accordion. The Term Loan allows for incremental increases up to an aggregate of $200 million, plus an additional amount such that the Company’s first lien leverage ratio (the ratio of the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA (as defined under the Term Loan Agreement)Loan) to senior secured debt) (net, net of up to $75.0$75 million of unrestricted cash)cash, would not exceed 4.00 to 1.00.

Maturity. The scheduled maturity date of the Term Loan is September 22, 2024. The Term Loan will amortizeamortizes in equal quarterly installments at 1% a year with the payment of the balance at maturity.

Guarantees. The Company and all of the Company's U.S. borrower’s current and future wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries guaranteed the Term Loan subject to certain exceptions.

Security. The Term Loan is secured by a first lien on all of the Company’s assets and the assets of its domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions and other than the collateral securing the Global ABL Facility (which includes accounts receivable, inventory and related assets, collectively, the “ABL collateral”), and by a second lien on the ABL collateral. In addition, a pledge secures the Term Loan of all the capital stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of its first tier-tier foreign subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

Interest Rates and Fees. The Company has the option to pay interest at a base rate, subject to a floor of 2.00%1.00%, plus an applicable margin, or at a rate based on LIBOR, subject to a floor of 1.00%0.00%, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for base rate loans is 250200 basis points, and the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 350300 basis points.

Mandatory Prepayment. The Company is required to repay the Term Loan with certain asset sale, insurance and insurance proceeds, certain debt proceeds andproceeds. In addition, on an annual basis, the Company is required to repay an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow, (reducingas defined in the Term Loan agreement, reducing to 25% if the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio is no more than 2.75 to 1.00 and 0%1.00. No payment of excess cash flow is required if the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio is no moreless than 2.50or equal to 1.00). 2.50 to 1.00. The amount of cash used in the determination of the senior secured leverage ratio is limited to $75 million. Under the terms of the Term Loan, we were required to make a payment of approximately $86 million in April 2021 as a result of excess cash flow generated in the year ended December 31, 2020.

F- 19

Restrictive Covenants. The Term Loan does not include any financial maintenance covenants.

F-17

 


The Term Loan contains restrictive covenants (in each case, subject to exclusions) that limit, among other things, the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to:

·

make investments, including acquisitions;

·

prepay certain indebtedness;

·

grant liens;

·

incur additional indebtedness;

·

sell assets;

·

make fundamental changes to our business;

·

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

·pay dividends.

pay dividends.

The Term Loan also contains other customary restrictive covenants. The covenants are subject to various baskets and materiality thresholds, with certain of the baskets permitted by the restrictions on the repayment of subordinated indebtedness, restricted payments and investments being available only when the senior secured leverage ratio of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries is less than 3.75:3.75 to 1.00.

The Term Loan provides that the Company and its restricted subsidiaries may incur any first lien indebtedness that is pari passu to the Term Loan so long as the pro forma senior secured leverage ratio of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries is less than or equal to 4.00:4.00 to 1.00. The Company and its restricted subsidiaries may incur any second lien indebtedness so long as the pro forma junior secured leverage ratio of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries is less than or equal to 4.75:4.75 to 1.00. The Company and its restricted subsidiaries may incur any unsecured indebtedness so long as the total leverage ratio of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries is less than or equal to 5.00:5.00 to 1.00 or the pro forma consolidated interest coverage ratio of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries is greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00. Additionally, under the Term Loan, the Company and its restricted subsidiaries may incur indebtedness under the Global ABL Facility (or any replacement facility) in an amount not to exceed the greater of $1.3 billion and a borrowing base (equal to, subject to certain exceptions, 85% of all accounts receivable and 65% of the book value of all inventory owned bythat the Company and its restricted subsidiaries).subsidiaries own.

The Term Loan contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including, among other things, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, judgment defaults, actual or asserted failure of any material guaranty or security documents supporting the Term Loan to be in full force and effect and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the Agent under the Term Loan is entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the Term Loan and all other actions that a secured creditor is permitted to take following a default.

In March 2020, we purchased and retired $3 million of the outstanding interests in the Term Loan at a cost of $2 million. We recognized a gain of $1 million on the extinguishment of the debt in the year ended December 31, 2020.

F- 20

Global ABL Credit Facility:: In September 2017, 2021, the Company entered into a Third Amended and Restated Loan, Security and Guarantee Agreementrevised $750 million asset-based lending facility (the “Global ABL Facility”) by and among the Company, the subsidiaries of the Company from time to time party thereto as borrowers and guarantors, the several lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent, security trustee and collateral agent.  As part of the amendment, the multi-currency global asset-based revolving credit facility was re-sized to $800 million from $1.05 billion and the maturity was extended to , which matures in September 2022 from July 2019.  This facility2026. The Global ABL Facility is comprised of $675$705 million in revolver commitments in the United States, $65which includes a $30 million insub-limit for Canada, $18$12 million in Norway, $15$10 million in Australia, $13$10.5 million in the Netherlands, $7$7.5 million in the United Kingdom and $7$5 million in Belgium. ItThe Global ABL Facility contains an accordion feature that allows us to increase the principal amount of the facility by up to $200$250 million, subject to securing additional lender commitments.  As a result of the amendment, we recorded a charge of $3 million for the write-off of debt issuance costs for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Guarantees. Each of our current and future wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries and MRC Global Inc. guarantees the obligations of our borrower subsidiaries under the Global ABL Facility. Additionally, each of our non-U.S. borrower subsidiaries guarantees the obligations of our other non-U.S. borrower subsidiaries under the Global ABL Facility. No non-U.S. subsidiary guarantees the U.S. tranche, and no property of our non-U.S. subsidiaries secures the U.S. tranche.

Security. Obligations under the U.S. tranche are primarily secured, subject to certain exceptions, by a first-priorityfirst-priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory and related assets of our wholly owned, material U.S. subsidiaries. The security interest in accounts receivable, inventory and related assets of the U.S. borrower subsidiaries ranks prior to the security interest in this collateral which secures the Term Loan. The obligations of any of our non-U.S. borrower subsidiaries are primarily secured, subject to certain exceptions, by a first-priorityfirst-priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory and related assets of the non-U.S. subsidiary and our wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries.

F-18

 


Borrowing Bases. Each of our non-U.S. borrower subsidiaries has a separate standalone borrowing base that limits the non-U.S. subsidiary’s ability to borrow under its respective tranche, tranche; provided that the non-U.S. subsidiaries may utilize excess availability under the U.S. tranche to borrow amounts in excess of their respective borrowing bases (but not to exceed the applicable commitment amount for the foreign subsidiary’s jurisdiction), which utilization will reduce availability under the U.S. tranche dollar for dollar.

Subject to the foregoing, our ability to borrow in each jurisdiction, other than Belgium, under the Global ABL Facility is limited by a borrowing base in that jurisdiction equal to 85% of eligible receivables, plus the lesser of 70% of eligible inventory and 85% of appraised net orderly liquidation value of the inventory. In Belgium, our borrowing is limited by a borrowing base determined under Belgian law.

Interest Rates. In December 2022, the Company and Administrative Agent entered into an amendment to the Global ABL Facility to replace the London Interbank Offered Rate with a new prevailing benchmark interest rate known as Term SOFR for all U.S. dollar borrowings. "Term SOFR" is the forward-looking, per annum secured overnight financing rate administered by CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited and published on the applicable Thompson Reuters Corporation website page for each of 1-month, 3-month and 6-month maturities. U.S. borrowings under the amended facility bear interest at LIBORTerm SOFR plus a margin varying between 1.25% and 1.75% based on our fixed charge coverage ratio. Canadian borrowings under the facility bear interest at the Canadian Dollar Bankers’ Acceptances Rate (“BA Rate”) plus a margin varying between 1.25% and 1.75% based on our fixed charge coverage ratio. Borrowings by our foreign borrower subsidiaries bear interest at a benchmark rate, which varies based on the currency in which such borrowings are made, plus a margin varying between 1.25% and 1.75% based on our fixed charge coverage ratio.

Excess Availability. At December 31, 2017,2022, availability under our revolving credit facilities was $437$606 million.

Interest on Borrowings: The interest rates on our borrowings outstanding at December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, including thea floating to fixed interest rate swap and amortization of original issue discount,debt issuance costs, were as follows:



 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,



 

2017

 

 

2016

Senior Secured Term Loan B

 

5.18% 

 

 

5.51% 

Global ABL Facility

 

3.19% 

 

 

 -

There was no outstanding balance on the Global ABL Facility at December 31, 2016.

  

December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

 

Senior Secured Term Loan B

  6.05%  5.41%

Global ABL Facility

  5.20%  %

Weighted average interest rate

  5.94%  5.41%

Maturities of Long-Term Debt: At December 31, 2017,2022, annual maturities of long-term debt during the next five years are as follows (in millions):

 

2023

  3 

2024

  292 

2025

   

2026

  45 

2027

   

Thereafter

   

 



 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

$                 4

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2022

 

133 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

377 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

F- 21

NOTE 9—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

NOTE 8—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We use derivative financial instruments to help manage our exposure to interest rate risk and fluctuations in foreign currencies.

Interest Rate Swap: In March 2018, we entered into a five-year interest rate swap that became effective on March 31, 2018, with a notional amount of $250 million from which we receive payments at 1-month LIBOR and make monthly payments at a fixed rate of 2.7145% with settlement and reset dates on or near the last business day of each month until maturity. The fair value of the swap at inception was zero. The fair value of the interest rate swap was an asset of $1 million and a liability of $7 million as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Foreign Exchange Forward and Option Contracts:All of our foreign exchange derivative instruments are freestandingfreestanding. We have not designated our foreign exchange derivatives as hedges and, accordingly, changes in their fair market value are recorded in earnings. Foreign exchange forward contracts are reported at fair value utilizing the Level 2 inputs, as the fair value is based on broker quotes for the same or similar derivative instruments. The fair value of foreign exchange derivative instruments recorded in our consolidated balance sheets was $0 million at December 31, 20172022 and 2016.2021 was not material. The total notional amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts was approximately $60$3 million and $36$0 million at December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, respectively.

 

The table below provides data aboutFor the amount of gainsyears ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and (losses)2020, the gain or loss recognized in our consolidated statements of operations related to our derivative instruments (in millions):was not material.

  



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Foreign exchange forward contracts

$

(1)

 

$

 

$

(1)

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES

 

F-19


NOTE 9—INCOME TAXES

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was enacted.  Among the significant changes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, the Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 and created a new dividend-exemption territorial system with a one-time transition tax on foreign earnings which were previously not taxed in the U.S. 

In December 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which addresses how a company recognizes provisional amounts when a company does not have all the necessary information available in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the effect of the changes in the Tax Act. Under SAB 118, a company recognizes provisional amounts for income tax effects of the Tax Act for which the accounting is incomplete but a reasonable estimate can be determined. The measurement period for adjusting provisional amounts ends when a company has analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting, but cannot extend beyond one year.

We have determined a reasonable estimate for the re-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 due to the reduction in the corporate tax rate.  The provisional amount recorded for this re-measurement is a $57 million tax benefit.  We have also recorded a reasonable estimate of the transition tax on undistributed foreign earnings of $7 million.  These provisional estimates are subject to change as additional necessary information becomes available and the final analysis is prepared and analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting.The additional information that needs to be gathered, analyzed and used to complete the accounting for the provisional $7 million transition tax includes the historical earnings and profit information of each foreign subsidiary.  In addition, the finalization of the 2017 federal income tax return will impact the underlying temporary differences existing at the end of 2017 used to determine the provisional tax benefit of $57 million. 

The components of our income (loss) before income taxes were (in millions):

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

United States

 $106  $(14) $(216)

Foreign

  4      (67)
  $110  $(14) $(283)

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,



2017

 

2016

 

2015

United States

$

49 

 

$

(7)

 

$

(79)

Foreign

 

(42)

 

 

(84)

 

 

(263)



$

 

$

(91)

 

$

(342)

Income taxes included in the consolidated statements of operations consist of (in millions):

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Current:

            

Federal

 $30  $10  $8 

State

  6   2   2 

Foreign

  6   3   2 
   42   15   12 
             

Deferred:

            

Federal

  (6)  (14)  (20)

State

  (1)  (2)   

Foreign

     1   (1)
   (7)  (15)  (21)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 $35  $  $(9)

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,



2017

 

2016

 

2015

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

$

26 

 

$

13 

 

$

64 

State

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 



 

35 

 

 

15 

 

 

76 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(73)

 

 

(21)

 

 

(70)

State

 

(4)

 

 

(2)

 

 

(6)

Foreign

 

(1)

 

 

 -

 

 

(11)



 

(78)

 

 

(23)

 

 

(87)

Income tax benefit

$

(43)

 

$

(8)

 

$

(11)
F- 22

F-20


Our effective tax rate varied from the statutory federal income tax rate for the following reasons (in millions):

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Federal tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates

 $23  $(3) $(60)

State taxes

  4   (1)   

Nondeductible expenses and other

  4   1   5 

Foreign operations taxed at different rates

  3       

Goodwill impairment charge

        43 

Change in valuation allowance related to foreign losses

  1   3   3 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 $35  $  $(9)

Effective tax rate

  32%  0%  3%

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Year Ended December 31,



2017

 

2016

 

2015

Federal income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates

$

 

$

(32)

 

$

(120)

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Effects of tax rate changes on existing temporary differences

 

(59)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Transition tax

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Nondeductible expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign operations taxed at different rates

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

(5)

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

99 

Change in valuation allowance related to foreign losses

 

10 

 

 

16 

 

 

15 

Other

 

(1)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Income tax benefit

$

(43)

 

$

(8)

 

$

(11)

Effective tax rate

 

(614)%

 

 

9% 

 

 

3% 

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

2017

 

2016

 

2022

  

2021

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$

 

$

 $  $1 

Accruals and reserves

 

20 

 

 

27  12  15 

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

 

57 

 

 

44  60  67 

Other

 

 

 

  3   2 

Subtotal

 

81 

 

 

74  75  85 

Valuation allowance

 

(63)

 

 

(50)  (63)  (71)

Total

 

18 

 

 

24   12   14 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory valuation

 

(29)

 

 

(47) (11) (13)

Property, plant and equipment

 

(14)

 

 

(19) (6) (8)

Intangible assets

 

(78)

 

 

(138)  (43)  (46)

Other

 

(2)

 

 

(3)

Total

 

(123)

 

 

(207)  (60)  (67)

Net deferred tax liability

$

(105)

 

$

(183) $(48) $(53)

 

We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. If we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

In the United States, we had approximately $21$15 million of state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards as of December 31, 2017,2022, of which $1 million have no expiration and $14 million will expire in future years through 2032, and $1 million of foreign tax credit (“FTC”) carryforwards, which will expire in future years through 2032 and foreign tax credit (“FTC”) carryforwards of $7 million, which will expire in future years through 2028.2027. In certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, we had $172$195 million of NOL carryforwards, of which $159$166 million have no expiration, and $13$29 million will expire in future years through 2027.2042. We believe that it is more likely than not that the benefit from U.S. state NOL and FTC carryforwards and non-U.S. jurisdiction NOL carryforwards will not be realized. As such, we have recorded full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets related to these NOL and FTC carryforwards.

F-21

 

F- 23

Dividends from the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries subsequent to 2017 are eligible for a 100% dividend exclusion in determining our U.S. federal taxes. As such, we do not expect future dividends, if any, from the earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to result in U.S. federal income taxes. Deferred tax liabilities arising from the difference between the financial reporting and income tax bases inherent in these foreign subsidiaries, referred to as outside basis differences, have not been provided for U.S. income tax purposes because we do not intend to sell, liquidate or otherwise trigger the recognition of U.S. taxable income with regard to our investment in these foreign subsidiaries. Determining the amount of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with outside basis differences is not practicable at this time.

 

Our tax filings for various periods are subject to audit by the tax authorities in most jurisdictions where we conduct business. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examination for all years through 20132018 and the statute of limitations at our international locations is generally six years or seven years.

As a result of the Tax Act, we intend to repatriate to the U.S. all available unremitted earnings of our foreign subsidiaries that were subject to the transition tax or will otherwise not result in additional income tax expense.  Based on analysis completed to date, this includes the unremitted earnings of our Canadian subsidiaries.  We currently have the intent and ability to indefinitely reinvest the cash held by our non-Canadian foreign subsidiaries and, pending further analysis of the impact of the Tax Act, there are currently no plans for the repatriation of those amounts.  As such, no deferred income taxes have been provided for differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis inherent in these foreign subsidiaries.  Determining the amount associated with these outside basis differences is not practicable at this time.

At December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, our unrecognized tax benefits were immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.    totaled $1 million and $1 million, respectively.

NOTE 10—11—REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

Preferred Stock Issuance

In June 2015, we issued 363,000 shares of Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) and received gross proceeds of $363 million. The Preferred Stock ranks senior to our common stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution. The Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1,000 per share, and holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to cumulative dividends payable quarterly in cash at a rate of 6.50% per annum. In June 2018, the eventholders of Preferred Stock designated one member to our board of directors. If we fail to declare and pay the quarterly dividend for an amount equal to six or more dividend periods, the holders of the Preferred Stock would be entitled to designate two members to our Board of Directors.  They are also permitted to designate onean additional member to our Boardboard of Directors after a period of three years.directors. Holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of the common stock as a single class, in each case, on an as-converted basis, except where law requires a separate class vote of the common stockholders is required by law.stockholders. Holders of Preferred Stock have certain limited special approval rights, including with respect to the issuance of pari passu or senior equity securities of the Company.

The Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holders into shares of common stock at an initial conversion rate of 55.9284 shares of common stock for each share of Preferred Stock, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $17.88 per share of common stock, subject to adjustment. On or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the Preferred Stock, theThe Company will havecurrently has the option to redeem, in whole but not in part, all the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at par value, subject to certain redemption price adjustments on the basis of the date of the conversion.adjustments. We may elect to convert the Preferred Stock, in whole but not in part, into the relevant number of shares of common stock on or after the 54th month after the initial issuance of the Preferred Stock if the last reported sale price of the common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for a specified period. The conversion rate is subject to customary anti-dilution and other adjustments.

Holders of the Preferred Stock may, at their option, require the Company to repurchase their shares in the event of a fundamental change, as defined in the shareholder agreement and related documents.agreement. The repurchase price is based on the original $1,000$1,000 per share purchase price except in the case of a liquidation, in which case theythe holders would receive the greater of $1,000$1,000 per share and the amount that would be received if they held common stock converted at the conversion rate in effect at the time of the fundamental change. Because this feature could require redemption as a result of the occurrence of an event not solely within the control of the Company, the Preferred Stock is classified as temporary equity on our balance sheet.

F- 24

NOTE 11—12—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock

We have authorized 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of the preferred stock. As of December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, the 363,000 shares of preferred stock described in Note 1011 were issued and outstanding.

Share Repurchase Programs

In November 2015, the Company’s board of directors authorized a share repurchase program for common stock up to $100 million, which was increased to $125 million in November 2016.  During the first quarter of 2017, we purchased 859,830 shares of common stock at a total of $18 million which completed the repurchase of all shares authorized under this program. 

In October 2017, the Company’s board of directors authorized a new share repurchase program for common stock of up to $100 million.  The program is scheduled to expire December 31, 2018. The shares may be repurchased at management’s discretion in

F-22

 


the open market.  Depending on market conditions and other factors, these repurchases may be commenced or suspended from time to time without prior notice.    During the fourth quarter of 2017, we purchased 3,214,316 shares at a total cost of $50 million.

In total, we have acquired 11,751,726 shares under these programs at an average price per share of $14.89 for a total cost of $175million.  There were 91,347,966 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017.



 

 

 

 

 

Summary of share repurchase activity under the repurchase program:

 

 

 

 

 



2017

 

2016

Number of shares acquired on the open market

 

4,074,146 

 

 

6,861,191 

Average price per share

$

16.62 

 

$

13.96 

Total cost of acquired shares (in millions)

$

68 

 

$

95 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consists of the following (in millions):



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



December 31,



2017

 

2016

Currency translation adjustments

$

(209)

 

$

(233)

Pension related adjustments

 

(1)

 

 

(1)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

$

(210)

 

$

(234)



 

 

 

 

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

 

Currency translation adjustments

 $(230) $(225)

Hedge accounting adjustments

  1   (5)

Other adjustments

  (1)  (1)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 $(230) $(231)

Earnings per Share

Earnings per share are calculated in the table below (in millions, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

$

26 

 

$

(107)

 

$

(344) $51  $(38) $(298)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average basic shares outstanding

 

94.3 

 

 

97.3 

 

 

102.1  83.5  82.5  82.0 

Effect of dilutive securities

 

1.3 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

  1.4       

Average diluted shares outstanding

 

95.6 

 

 

97.3 

 

 

102.1   84.9   82.5   82.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share:

 

Basic

$

0.28 

 

$

(1.10)

 

$

(3.38) $0.61 $(0.46) $(3.63)

Diluted

$

0.27 

 

$

(1.10)

 

$

(3.38) $0.60 $(0.46) $(3.63)

 

Equity awards and shares of Preferred Stock are disregarded in this calculation if they are determined to be anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015, our2020 all of the shares of Preferred Stock were anti-dilutive. We had approximately 1.2 million, 2.3 million and 3.6 million anti-dilutive stock options, approximated 3.6 million, 3.6 million and 3.8 million, respectively. There were 0.9 million and 0.3 million anti-dilutive restricted stock restricted units, orand performance stock unit awardsunits for the years ended December 31, 20162022, 2021, and 2015,2020, respectively.

F- 25

NOTE 12—13—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Equity Compensation PlansOur 2007 Stock Option Plan (prior to its replacement) permitted the grant of stock options to our employees, directors and consultants for up to 3,750,000 shares of common stock. The options were not to be granted with an exercise price less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, nor for a term exceeding ten years. Vesting generally occurred over a five year period on the anniversaries of the date specified in the employees’ respective option agreements, subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances set forth in the option agreements.  During 2017,  88,966 stock options were exercised, and no stock options were granted under this plan.

Under the terms of our 2007 Restricted Stock Plan, up to 500,000 shares of restricted stock could have been granted (prior to its replacement) at the direction of the Board of Directors and vesting generally occurred in one-fourth increments on the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date specified in the employees’ respective restricted stock agreements, subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances set forth in the restricted stock agreements. Fair value was based on the fair market value of our

F-23


stock on the date of issuance. We expense the fair value of the restricted stock grants on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

In April 2012, we replaced the 2007 Stock Option Plan and the 2007 Restricted Stock Plan with the 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan. No additional shares or other equity interests will be awarded under the prior plans. The 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan originally had 3,250,000 shares reservedavailable for issuance pursuant to the plan. In each of April 2015, April 2019 and May 2022, our shareholders approved an additional 4,250,000, 2,500,000 and 3,000,000 shares, for reservationrespectively, for issuance under the plan. Shares that do not vest and are forfeited and shares that are surrendered for the payment of withholding taxes are returned to the pool of shares available for issuance pursuant to the plan. Certain shares that are not likely to be issued may also be available. The plan permits the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and other stock-based and cash-based awards. Since the adoption of the 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan,plan, the Company’s Board of Directors has periodically granted stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share units to directors and employees, but no other types of awards have been granted under the plan. Options and stock appreciation rights may not be granted at prices less than their fair market value on the date of the grant, nor for a term exceeding ten years. For employees, vesting generally occurs over a three to five year-year period (but no less than one year) on the anniversaries of the date specified in the employees’ respective agreements, subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances set forth in the option agreements. Vesting for directors generally occurs on the one-yearone-year anniversary of the grant date. In 2017,  66,8092022, 97,030 shares of restricted stock, 164,098423,896 performance share units and 551,7141,025,160 restricted units were granted to executive management, members of our Board of Directors and employees under this plan. During 2016,  103,701 shares of restricted stock, 344,922 performance share units and 1,152,614 restricted units were granted to executive management, members of our Board of Directors and employees under this plan. To date, 5,870,930 shares have been granted under this plan. A Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of the stock options. A Monte Carlo simulation is completed to estimate the fair value of performance share unit awards with a stock price performance component. We expense the fair value of all equity grants, including performance share unit awards, on a straight linestraight-line basis over the vesting period.

Stock Options

The following tables summarize award activity fortable summarizes outstanding stock options:

 

          

Weighted

     
      

Weighted

  

Average

     
      

Average

  

Remaining

  

Aggregate

 
      

Exercise

  

Contractual

  

Intrinsic

 
  

Options

  

Price

  

Term

  

Value

 

Stock Options

         

(years)

  

(millions)

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

  1,753,145  $25.10   0.9  $ 

Forfeited or expired

  (891,977)  21.01         

Balance at December 31, 2022

  861,168  $29.33   0.5  $ 
                 
                 

At December 31, 2022

                

Options outstanding, vested and exercisable

  861,168  $29.33   0.5  $ 

Options outstanding, vested and expected to vest

  861,168  $29.33   0.5  $ 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 



 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 



 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate



 

 

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic



 

Options

 

Price

 

Term

 

Value

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(years)

 

 

(millions)

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

3,784,504 

 

$

21.71 

 

 

4.5 

 

$

Exercised

 

(88,966)

 

 

10.37 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(2,138)

 

 

28.67 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(43,155)

 

 

23.81 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

3,650,245 

 

$

21.96 

 

 

3.5 

 

$

 -



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding, vested and exercisable

 

3,650,245 

 

$

21.96 

 

 

3.5 

 

$

 -

Options outstanding, vested and expected to vest

 

3,650,245 

 

 

21.96 

 

 

3.5 

 

 

 -

F- 26



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,



 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average, grant-date fair value of awards granted

 

 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

633,244 

 

 

457,834 

 

 

72,495 

Total fair value of stock options vested

 

 

 

 

10,738,309 

 

 

3,351,797 

 

 

3,494,879 

F-24


Restricted Stock Awards

The following tables summarizes award activity for restricted stock awards:

 

      

Weighted

 
      

Average

 
      

Grant-Date

 
  

Shares

  

Fair Value

 

Restricted Stock Awards

        

Nonvested at December 31, 2021

  119,782  $10.68 

Granted

  97,030   12.21 

Vested

  (119,782)  10.68 

Nonvested at December 31, 2022

  97,030  $12.21 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Restricted Stock Awards

            

Weighted-average, grant-date fair value of awards granted

 $12.21  $10.68  $4.59 

Total fair value of restricted stock vested

  1,409,251   1,979,267   396,935 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Weighted



 

 

 

Average



 

 

 

Grant-Date



 

Shares

 

Fair Value

Restricted Stock Awards

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

 

553,488 

 

$

16.01 

Granted

 

66,809 

 

 

18.31 

Vested

 

(328,999)

 

 

15.61 

Forfeited

 

(4,768)

 

 

17.38 

Nonvested at December 31, 2017

 

286,530 

 

$

16.97 
F- 27



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,



 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Restricted Stock Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average, grant-date fair value of awards granted

 

 

 

$

18.31 

 

$

13.24 

 

$

13.51 

Total fair value of restricted stock vested

 

 

 

 

6,473,330 

 

 

3,692,961 

 

 

1,279,628 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

The following table summarizes award activity for restricted unit awards:

 

      

Weighted

 
      

Average

 
      

Grant-Date

 
  

Shares

  

Fair Value

 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

        

Nonvested at December 31, 2021

  1,627,676  $10.28 

Granted

  1,025,160   7.66 

Vested

  (695,265)  11.28 

Forfeited

  (73,761)  7.88 

Nonvested at December 31, 2022

  1,883,810  $8.59 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Weighted



 

 

 

Average



 

 

 

Grant-Date



 

Shares

 

Fair Value

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

 

1,163,832 

 

$

9.73 

Granted

 

551,714 

 

 

20.55 

Vested

 

(326,510)

 

 

9.88 

Forfeited

 

(73,910)

 

 

13.22 

Nonvested at December 31, 2017

 

1,315,126 

 

$

14.08 
  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

            

Weighted-average, grant-date fair value of awards granted

 $7.66  $9.30  $8.30 

Total fair value of restricted stock units vested

  5,950,613   9,294,617   7,918,337 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,



 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average, grant-date fair value of awards granted

 

 

 

$

20.55 

 

$

9.56 

 

$

13.44 

Total fair value of restricted stock units vested

 

 

 

 

6,672,405 

 

 

298,773 

 

 

8,258 

Performance Share Unit Awards

Performance share units werehave been granted to certain executive officers during 2017, 2016 and 2015 based on total shareholder performance as well as a return on average net capital employed calculation (“RANCE”).officers. The performance unit awards will be earned only to the extent that MRC Global attains specified performance goals over performance periods in a three-yearthree-year period relating to MRC Global’s total shareholder return compared to companies within the Philadelphia Oil Service Index plus NOW Inc. (and for 2022 grants, the Russell 2000 index) and, for 2020 and 2021 grants, a specified RANCEreturn on average net capital employed calculation (“RANCE”) goals set forthestablished on the date in which the

F-25


award was granted. The number of shares awarded at the end of the three-yearthree-year period could vary from zero, if performance goals are not met, to as much as 200% of target, if performance goals are exceeded.

 

The following tables summarizes award activity for performance unit awards:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

    

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average

    

Average

 

 

 

 

Grant-Date

    

Grant-Date

 

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

 

Shares

  

Fair Value

 

Performance Share Unit Awards

 

 

 

 

 

    

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

 

540,004 

 

$

10.73 

Nonvested at December 31, 2021

 688,167  $13.94 

Granted

 

164,098 

 

 

24.18  423,896  8.96 

Vested

 

 -

 

 

 -

Forfeited

 

 -

 

 

 -

  (131,797)  18.31 

Nonvested at December 31, 2017

 

704,102 

 

$

13.90 

Nonvested at December 31, 2022

  980,266  $10.64 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Performance Share Unit Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      

Weighted-average, grant-date fair value of awards granted

 

 

 

$

24.18 

 

$

10.02 

 

$

11.98  $8.96  $11.86  $12.25 

Total fair value of performance share units vested

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

   957,770  2,328,350 

 

F- 28

Recognized compensation expense and related income tax benefits under our equity-based compensation plans are set forth in the table below (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Equity-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

Restricted stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2  1  1 

Restricted stock unit awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 7  10  10 

Performance share unit awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4   1   1 

Total equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

$

16 

 

$

12 

 

$

10  $13  $12  $12 

Income tax benefits related to equity-based compensation

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 $2  $2  $2 

Unrecognized compensation expense under our equity-based compensation plans is set forth in the table below (in millions):

 

  

Weighted-

     
  

Average Vesting

  

December 31,

 
  

Period (in years)

  

2022

 

Unrecognized equity-based compensation expense:

        

Restricted stock awards

  0.4  $1 

Restricted stock unit awards

  0.8   7 

Performance share unit awards

  0.9   4 

Total unrecognized equity-based compensation expense

     $12 

 



 

 

 

 

 



 

Weighted-

 

 

 



 

Average Vesting

 

December 31,



 

Period (in years)

 

2017

Unrecognized equity-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

-

 

$

 -

Restricted stock awards

 

0.3

 

 

Restricted stock unit awards

 

1.8

 

 

Performance share unit awards

 

1.9

 

 

Total unrecognized equity-based compensation expense

 

 

 

$

14 

Defined Contribution Employee Benefit Plans: We maintain defined contribution employee benefit plans in a number of countries in which we operate including the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, France, Belgium, Norway, the Netherlands, and New Zealand.Canada. These plans generally allow employees the option to defer a percentage of their compensation in accordance with local tax laws. In addition, we make contributions under these plans ranging from 1%0.3% to 10%20.3% of eligible compensation.

F-26


In June 2020, the Company indefinitely suspended matching contributions for employees in the U.S. and Canada. Beginning in October 2021, the Company partially reinstated contribution matching in the U.S. and Canada. In October 2022, the Company fully reinstated contribution matching in the U.S. and Canada. Expense under defined contribution plans were $9$6 million, $9$3 million and $11$5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 20162022, 2021 and 2015,  respectively.

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Leases

We lease land and buildings at various locations from Hansford Associates Limited Partnership (“Hansford Associates”) and Prideco LLC (“Prideco”)2020. Certain of our directors participate in ownership of Hansford Associates and Prideco. Most of these leases are renewable for various periods through 2022 and are renewable at our option. The renewal options are subject to escalation clauses. These leases contain clauses for payment of real estate taxes, maintenance, insurance and certain other operating expenses of the properties.

Rent expense attributable to related parties was $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments required under operating leases with related parties that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are $2 million for 2018, $1 million for 2019 and $0 million thereafter.

Customers

Certain members of our Board of Directors are also on the board of directors of certain of our customers with which we do business in the ordinary course.  We recognized revenue of $5 million, $7 million and $26 million from these customers for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  There was $1 million of accounts receivable with these customers outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

F-27

 

 

F- 29

NOTE 14—SEGMENT, GEOGRAPHIC AND PRODUCT LINE INFORMATION

Our business is comprised of fourthree operating and reportable segments: U.S. Eastern Region and Gulf Coast, U.S. Western Region,, Canada and International. Our International segment consists of our operations outside of the U.S. and Canada. These segments represent our business of selling PVF to the energy sector across each of the gas utilities (storage and distribution of natural gas), downstream, industrial and energy transition (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing, general industrials and energy transition projects), upstream production (exploration, production and extraction of underground oil and gas), and midstream pipeline (gathering, processing and transmission of oil and gas, gas utilities, and the storage and distribution of oil and gas) and downstream (crude oil refining, petrochemical and chemical processing and general industrials) markets.  Our two U.S. operating segments have been aggregated into a single reportable segment based on their economic similarities.  As a result, we report segment information for the U.S., Canada and International.sectors.

The following table presents financial information for each segment (in millions):

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Sales

            

U.S.

 $2,823  $2,178  $2,023 

Canada

  166   132   128 

International

  374   356   409 

Consolidated sales

 $3,363  $2,666  $2,560 
             

Depreciation and amortization

            

U.S.

 $15  $15  $15 

Canada

        1 

International

  3   4   4 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

 $18  $19  $20 
             

Amortization of intangibles

            

U.S.

 $19  $22  $23 

Canada

        1 

International

  2   2   2 

Total amortization of intangibles expense

 $21  $24  $26 
             

Operating income (loss)

            

U.S.

 $127  $(3) $(207)

Canada

  (1)     (6)

International

  14   10   (47)

Total operating income (loss)

  140   7   (260)
             

Interest expense

  (24)  (23)  (28)

Other (expense) income

  (6)  2   5 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 $110  $(14) $(283)

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31,



 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

2,860 

 

$

2,297 

 

$

3,572 

Canada

 

 

294 

 

 

243 

 

 

333 

International

 

 

492 

 

 

501 

 

 

624 

Consolidated sales

 

$

3,646 

 

$

3,041 

 

$

4,529 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

15 

 

$

13 

 

$

12 

Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

 

$

22 

 

$

22 

 

$

21 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

$

41 

 

$

41 

 

$

41 

Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

17 

Total amortization of intangibles expense

 

$

45 

 

$

47 

 

$

60 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. (1)

 

$

67 

 

$

 

$

(47)

Canada

 

 

11 

 

 

(5)

 

 

International (1)

 

 

(32)

 

 

(57)

 

 

(244)

Total operating income (loss)

 

 

46 

 

 

(56)

 

 

(282)



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

31 

 

 

35 

 

 

48 

Other expense

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

12 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

 

$

(91)

 

$

(342)

(1)Includes goodwill and other intangibles impairment of $237 million and $225 million in 2015 for the U.S. and International segments, respectively.

F-28


Total assets by segment are as follows (in millions):

 

  

December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

 

Total assets

        

United States

 $1,518  $1,427 

Canada

  101   53 

International

  276   191 

Total assets

 $1,895  $1,671 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 



 

December 31,



 

2017

 

2016

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,970 

 

$

1,862 

Canada

 

 

162 

 

 

139 

International

 

 

208 

 

 

163 

Total assets

 

$

2,340 

 

$

2,164 
F- 30

The percentages of our fixed assetsproperty, plant and equipment relating to the following geographic areas are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

2022

  

2021

 

 

2017

 

2016

Fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

      

United States

 

 

74% 

 

 

68%  92% 89%

Canada

 

 

10% 

 

 

15%  1% 1%

International

 

 

16% 

 

 

17%   7%  10%

Total fixed assets

 

 

100% 

 

 

100% 

Total property, plant and equipment

  100%  100%

Our net sales and percentage of total sales by product line are as follows (in millions):

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2022

  

2021

  

2020

 

Line pipe

 $589   18% $381   14% $308   12%

Carbon steel fittings and flanges

  441   13%  358   13%  340   13%

Total carbon steel pipe, fittings and flanges

  1,030   31%  739   27%  648   25%

Valves, automation, measurement and instrumentation

  1,111   33%  947   36%  1,018   40%

Gas products

  778   23%  629   24%  517   20%

Stainless steel alloy pipe and fittings

  180   5%  131   5%  128   5%

General products

  264   8%  220   8%  249   10%
  $3,363     $2,666     $2,560    



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Year Ended December 31,



 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Line pipe

 

$

685 

 

19% 

 

$

444 

 

15% 

 

$

864 

 

19% 

Carbon steel fittings and flanges

 

 

548 

 

15% 

 

 

460 

 

15% 

 

 

665 

 

15% 

    Total carbon steel pipe, fittings and flanges

 

 

1,233 

 

34% 

 

 

904 

 

30% 

 

 

1,529 

 

34% 

Valves, automation, measurement and instrumentation

 

 

1,319 

 

36% 

 

 

1,161 

 

38% 

 

 

1,507 

 

33% 

Gas products

 

 

554 

 

15% 

 

 

443 

 

14% 

 

 

475 

 

10% 

Stainless steel alloy pipe and fittings

 

 

183 

 

5% 

 

 

206 

 

7% 

 

 

267 

 

6% 

Other

 

 

357 

 

10% 

 

 

327 

 

11% 

 

 

440 

 

10% 

Oil country tubular goods ("OCTG")

 

 

 -

 

  -

 

 

 -

 

  -

 

 

311 

 

7% 



 

$

3,646 

 

 

 

$

3,041 

 

 

 

$

4,529 

 

 

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

NOTE 15—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.  

Foreign Exchange Forward and Option Contracts:  Foreign exchange forward contracts are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs, as the fair value is based on broker quotes for the same or similar derivative instruments. The fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts recorded in our balance sheets was $0 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:Goodwill and other intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing, which requires a significant degree of management judgment.  If the testing results in impairment, we would measure goodwill and other intangible assets using level 3 non-recurring inputs.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded impairment charges to both goodwill and other intangible assets; therefore, these assets were classified as level 3 non-recurring fair value measurements. 

With the exception of long-term debt, the fair values of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate carrying value. The carrying value of our debt was $526$340 million and $414$297 million at December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, respectively.

The fair value of our debt was $533$337 million and $417$296 million at December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, respectively. The carrying values of our Global ABL Facility approximates its fair value. We estimateestimated the fair value of amounts outstanding under the Term Loan using Level 2 inputs, or quoted market prices as of December 31, 20172022 and 2016,2021, respectively.

NOTE 16—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

F-29Legal Proceedings

 


NOTE 16—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

We regularly enter into operating and capital lease arrangements for certain of our facilities and equipment. Our leases are renewable at our option for various periods through 2033. Certain renewal options are subject to escalation clauses and contain clauses for payment of real estate taxes, maintenance, insurance and certain other operating expenses of the properties. Leases with escalation clauses based on an index, such as the consumer price index, are expensed based on current rates. Leases with specified escalation steps are expensed and projected based on the total lease obligation ratably over the life of the lease. We amortize leasehold improvements over the remaining life of the lease. Rental expense under our operating lease arrangements was $45 million, $48million, and $51 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating lease arrangements having initial terms of one year or more are as follows (in millions):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

$

41 

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

36 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

29 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

24 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

18 

 

 

 

 

 

Thereafter

 

89 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal Proceedings

Asbestos Claims.  We are one of many defendants in lawsuits that plaintiffs have brought seeking damages for personal injuries that exposure to asbestos allegedly caused. Plaintiffs and their family members have brought these lawsuits against a large volume of defendant entities as a result of the various defendants’ manufacture, distribution, supply or other involvement with asbestos, asbestos-containing products or equipment or activities that allegedly caused plaintiffs to be exposed to asbestos. These plaintiffs typically assert exposure to asbestos as a consequence of third-partythird-party manufactured products that the Company’s subsidiary, MRC Global (US) Inc., purportedly distributed. As of December 31, 2017,2022, we are a named defendant in approximately 537547 lawsuits involving approximately 1,1531,112 claims. No asbestos lawsuit has resulted in a judgment against us to date, with the majority being settled, dismissed or otherwise resolved. Applicable third-partythird-party insurance has substantially covered these claims, and insurance should continue to cover a substantial majority of existing and anticipated future claims. Accordingly, we have recorded a liability for our estimate of the most likely settlement of asserted claims and a related receivable from insurers for our estimated recovery, to the extent we believe that the amounts of recovery are probable.

F- 31

We annually conduct analyses of our asbestos-related litigation to estimate the adequacy of the reserve for pending and probable asbestos-related claims. Given these estimated reserves and existing insurance coverage that has been available to cover substantial portions of these claims, we believe that our current accruals and associated estimates relating to pending and probable asbestos-related litigation likely to be asserted overin the next 15 yearsfuture are currently adequate. This belief, however, relies on a number of assumptions, including:

 

·

That our future settlement payments, disease mix and dismissal rates will be materially consistent with historic experience;

·

That future incidences of asbestos-related diseases in the U.S. will be materially consistent with current public health estimates;

·

That the rates at which future asbestos-related mesothelioma incidences result in compensable claims filings against us will be materially consistent with its historic experience;

·

That insurance recoveries for settlement payments and defense costs will be materially consistent with historic experience;

·

That legal standards (and the interpretation of these standards) applicable to asbestos litigation will not change in material respects;

·

That there are no materially negative developments in the claims pending against us; and

·That key co-defendants in current and future claims remain solvent.

That key co-defendants in current and future claims remain solvent.

 

If any of these assumptions prove to be materially different in light of future developments, liabilities related to asbestos-related litigation may be materially different than amounts accrued or estimated. Further, while we anticipate that additional claims will be filed in the future, we are unable to predict with any certainty the number, timing and magnitude of such future claims. In addition, applicable insurance policies are subject to overall caps on limits, which coverage may exhaust the amount available from insurers under those limits. In those cases, the Company is seeking indemnity payments from responsive excess insurance policies, but other insurers may not be solvent or may not make payments under the policies without contesting their liability. In our opinion, there are no pending legal proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

F-30


Other Legal Claims and Proceedings. From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and involved in legal proceedings incidental to the nature of our businesses. We maintain insurance coverage to reduce financial risk associated with certain of these claims and proceedings. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these claims and proceedings. However, in our opinion, there are no pending legal proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.statements.

Product Claims. From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, our customers may claim that the products that we distribute are either defective or require repair or replacement under warranties that either we or the manufacturer may provide to the customer. These proceedings are, in the opinion of management, ordinary and routine matters incidental to our normal business. Our purchase orders with our suppliers generally require the manufacturer to indemnify us against any product liability claims, leaving the manufacturer ultimately responsible for these claims. In many cases, state, provincial or foreign law provides protection to distributors for these sorts of claims, shifting the responsibility to the manufacturer. In some cases, we could be required to repair or replace the products for the benefit of our customer and seek our recovery from the manufacturer for our expense. In our opinion, the likelihood that the ultimate disposition of any of these claims and legal proceedings wouldwill have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements is remote.

 

Weatherford Claim.  In addition to PVF, our Canadian subsidiary, Midfield Supply (“Midfield”), now known as MRC Global (Canada) ULC, also distributed progressive cavity pumps and related equipment (“PCPs”) under a distribution agreement with Weatherford Canada Partnership (��Weatherford”) within a certain geographical area located in southern Alberta, Canada.  In late 2005 and early 2006, Midfield hired new employees, including former Weatherford employees, as part of Midfield’s desire to expand its PVF business into northern Alberta.  Shortly thereafter, many of these employees left Midfield and formed a PCP manufacturing, distribution and service company named Europump Systems Inc. (“Europump”) in 2006.  The distribution agreement with Weatherford expired in 2006.  Midfield supplied Europump with PVF products that Europump distributed along with PCP pumps.  In April 2007, Midfield purchased Europump’s distribution branches and began distributing and servicing Europump PCPs.Customer Contracts

 

Pursuant to a complaint that Weatherford filed on April 11, 2006 in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Judicial Bench of Edmonton (Action No. 060304628), Weatherford sued Europump, three of Europump’s part suppliers, Midfield, certain current and former employees of Midfield, and other related entities, asserting a host of claims including breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, misappropriation of confidential information related to the PCPs, unlawful interference with economic relations and conspiracy.  The Company denies these allegations and contends that Midfield’s expansion and subsequent growth was the result of fair competition. 

In June 2017, Midfield and Europump and certain individual defendants and related entities settled the case.  As part of the settlement, MRC Global (Canada) ULC agreed to pay $6 million in exchange for a release from Weatherford and agreement to dismiss the case.  The Company had previously recorded a reserve of $3 million.  As a result of the settlement, an additional charge of $3 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2017.

Customer Contracts

We have contracts and agreements with many of our customers that dictate certain terms of our sales arrangements (pricing, deliverables, etc.etc.). While we make every effort to abide by the terms of these contracts, certain provisions are complex and oftenmay be subject to varying interpretations. Under the terms of these contracts, our customers have the right to audit our adherence to the contract terms. Historically, any settlements that have resulted from these customer audits have been immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Letters of Credit

Our letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 20172022 approximated $47$13 million.

 

Bank Guarantees

Certain of our international subsidiaries have trade guarantees that banks have issued on their behalf. The amount of these guarantees at December 31, 20172022 was approximately $8$6 million.

 

F- 32

Purchase Commitments

We have purchase obligations consisting primarily of inventory purchases made in the normal course of business to meet operating needs. While our vendors often allow us to cancel these purchase orders without penalty, in certain cases, cancellations may subject us to cancellation fees or penalties depending on the terms of the contract.

 

F-31Warranty Claims

 


Warranty Claims

We are involved from time to time in various warranty claims, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Historically, any settlements that have resulted from these warranty claims have been immaterial to our consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 17RESTRUCTURING

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we took action to reduce headcount and the cost structure within our international segment, particularly in Norway.  As a result of these actions, we recorded $20 million of charges.  These charges included $14 million of severance and restructuring costs and a $6 million write-down of inventory associated with a decision to reduce our local presence in Iraq.

In August 2016, we announced a plan to restructure and downsize our Australian operations in response to the continued downturn in the oil and gas and mining industries in the region.  As a result of this plan, for the year ending December 31, 2016, we incurred $17 million of charges, including $10 million of inventory-related charges, $4 million of lease termination and property costs, $2 million of employee severance, and $1 million of other relocation costs.  These charges included $7 million of cash costs.  In the statement of operations, inventory-related charges are reflected in cost of sales while all other costs are reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses.  The restructuring plan was substantially completed in the fourth quarter of 2016.

NOTE 18—QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Our quarterly financial information is presented in the table below (in millions, except per share amounts):



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Year

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

$

862 

 

$

922 

 

$

959 

 

$

903 

 

$

3,646 

Gross profit

 

140 

 

 

149 

 

 

152 

 

 

141 

 

 

582 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(3)

 

 

29 

 

 

26 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Basic 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

(0.03)

 

$

0.31 

 

$

0.28 

       Diluted

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

(0.03)

 

$

0.30 

 

$

0.27 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

$

783 

 

$

746 

 

$

793 

 

$

719 

 

$

3,041 

Gross profit

 

133 

 

 

125 

 

 

88 

 

 

122 

 

 

468 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

 

(14)

 

 

(23)

 

 

(46)

 

 

(24)

 

 

(107)

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Basic  (1)

$

(0.14)

 

$

(0.24)

 

$

(0.48)

 

$

(0.25)

 

$

(1.10)

       Diluted (1)

$

(0.14)

 

$

(0.24)

 

$

(0.48)

 

$

(0.25)

 

$

(1.10)
F-33

 _______________

(1)Earnings per share does not add across due to rounding and transactions resulting in differing weighted average shares outstanding on a quarterly basis.

F-32